1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: BSD-3-Clause 2 * Copyright(c) 2010-2017 Intel Corporation 3 */ 4 5 #ifndef _RTE_ETHDEV_H_ 6 #define _RTE_ETHDEV_H_ 7 8 /** 9 * @file 10 * 11 * RTE Ethernet Device API 12 * 13 * The Ethernet Device API is composed of two parts: 14 * 15 * - The application-oriented Ethernet API that includes functions to setup 16 * an Ethernet device (configure it, setup its Rx and Tx queues and start it), 17 * to get its MAC address, the speed and the status of its physical link, 18 * to receive and to transmit packets, and so on. 19 * 20 * - The driver-oriented Ethernet API that exports functions allowing 21 * an Ethernet Poll Mode Driver (PMD) to allocate an Ethernet device instance, 22 * create memzone for HW rings and process registered callbacks, and so on. 23 * PMDs should include ethdev_driver.h instead of this header. 24 * 25 * By default, all the functions of the Ethernet Device API exported by a PMD 26 * are lock-free functions which assume to not be invoked in parallel on 27 * different logical cores to work on the same target object. For instance, 28 * the receive function of a PMD cannot be invoked in parallel on two logical 29 * cores to poll the same Rx queue [of the same port]. Of course, this function 30 * can be invoked in parallel by different logical cores on different Rx queues. 31 * It is the responsibility of the upper level application to enforce this rule. 32 * 33 * If needed, parallel accesses by multiple logical cores to shared queues 34 * shall be explicitly protected by dedicated inline lock-aware functions 35 * built on top of their corresponding lock-free functions of the PMD API. 36 * 37 * In all functions of the Ethernet API, the Ethernet device is 38 * designated by an integer >= 0 named the device port identifier. 39 * 40 * At the Ethernet driver level, Ethernet devices are represented by a generic 41 * data structure of type *rte_eth_dev*. 42 * 43 * Ethernet devices are dynamically registered during the PCI probing phase 44 * performed at EAL initialization time. 45 * When an Ethernet device is being probed, an *rte_eth_dev* structure and 46 * a new port identifier are allocated for that device. Then, the eth_dev_init() 47 * function supplied by the Ethernet driver matching the probed PCI 48 * device is invoked to properly initialize the device. 49 * 50 * The role of the device init function consists of resetting the hardware, 51 * checking access to Non-volatile Memory (NVM), reading the MAC address 52 * from NVM etc. 53 * 54 * If the device init operation is successful, the correspondence between 55 * the port identifier assigned to the new device and its associated 56 * *rte_eth_dev* structure is effectively registered. 57 * Otherwise, both the *rte_eth_dev* structure and the port identifier are 58 * freed. 59 * 60 * The functions exported by the application Ethernet API to setup a device 61 * designated by its port identifier must be invoked in the following order: 62 * - rte_eth_dev_configure() 63 * - rte_eth_tx_queue_setup() 64 * - rte_eth_rx_queue_setup() 65 * - rte_eth_dev_start() 66 * 67 * Then, the network application can invoke, in any order, the functions 68 * exported by the Ethernet API to get the MAC address of a given device, to 69 * get the speed and the status of a device physical link, to receive/transmit 70 * [burst of] packets, and so on. 71 * 72 * If the application wants to change the configuration (i.e. call 73 * rte_eth_dev_configure(), rte_eth_tx_queue_setup(), or 74 * rte_eth_rx_queue_setup()), it must call rte_eth_dev_stop() first to stop the 75 * device and then do the reconfiguration before calling rte_eth_dev_start() 76 * again. The transmit and receive functions should not be invoked when the 77 * device or the queue is stopped. 78 * 79 * Please note that some configuration is not stored between calls to 80 * rte_eth_dev_stop()/rte_eth_dev_start(). The following configuration will 81 * be retained: 82 * 83 * - MTU 84 * - flow control settings 85 * - receive mode configuration (promiscuous mode, all-multicast mode, 86 * hardware checksum mode, RSS/VMDq settings etc.) 87 * - VLAN filtering configuration 88 * - default MAC address 89 * - MAC addresses supplied to MAC address array 90 * - flow director filtering mode (but not filtering rules) 91 * - NIC queue statistics mappings 92 * 93 * The following configuration may be retained or not 94 * depending on the device capabilities: 95 * 96 * - flow rules 97 * - flow-related shared objects, e.g. indirect actions 98 * 99 * Any other configuration will not be stored and will need to be re-entered 100 * before a call to rte_eth_dev_start(). 101 * 102 * Finally, a network application can close an Ethernet device by invoking the 103 * rte_eth_dev_close() function. 104 * 105 * Each function of the application Ethernet API invokes a specific function 106 * of the PMD that controls the target device designated by its port 107 * identifier. 108 * For this purpose, all device-specific functions of an Ethernet driver are 109 * supplied through a set of pointers contained in a generic structure of type 110 * *eth_dev_ops*. 111 * The address of the *eth_dev_ops* structure is stored in the *rte_eth_dev* 112 * structure by the device init function of the Ethernet driver, which is 113 * invoked during the PCI probing phase, as explained earlier. 114 * 115 * In other words, each function of the Ethernet API simply retrieves the 116 * *rte_eth_dev* structure associated with the device port identifier and 117 * performs an indirect invocation of the corresponding driver function 118 * supplied in the *eth_dev_ops* structure of the *rte_eth_dev* structure. 119 * 120 * For performance reasons, the address of the burst-oriented Rx and Tx 121 * functions of the Ethernet driver are not contained in the *eth_dev_ops* 122 * structure. Instead, they are directly stored at the beginning of the 123 * *rte_eth_dev* structure to avoid an extra indirect memory access during 124 * their invocation. 125 * 126 * RTE Ethernet device drivers do not use interrupts for transmitting or 127 * receiving. Instead, Ethernet drivers export Poll-Mode receive and transmit 128 * functions to applications. 129 * Both receive and transmit functions are packet-burst oriented to minimize 130 * their cost per packet through the following optimizations: 131 * 132 * - Sharing among multiple packets the incompressible cost of the 133 * invocation of receive/transmit functions. 134 * 135 * - Enabling receive/transmit functions to take advantage of burst-oriented 136 * hardware features (L1 cache, prefetch instructions, NIC head/tail 137 * registers) to minimize the number of CPU cycles per packet, for instance, 138 * by avoiding useless read memory accesses to ring descriptors, or by 139 * systematically using arrays of pointers that exactly fit L1 cache line 140 * boundaries and sizes. 141 * 142 * The burst-oriented receive function does not provide any error notification, 143 * to avoid the corresponding overhead. As a hint, the upper-level application 144 * might check the status of the device link once being systematically returned 145 * a 0 value by the receive function of the driver for a given number of tries. 146 */ 147 148 #include <stdint.h> 149 150 /* Use this macro to check if LRO API is supported */ 151 #define RTE_ETHDEV_HAS_LRO_SUPPORT 152 153 /* Alias RTE_LIBRTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG for backward compatibility. */ 154 #ifdef RTE_LIBRTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG 155 #define RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_RX 156 #define RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_TX 157 #endif 158 159 #include <rte_cman.h> 160 #include <rte_compat.h> 161 #include <rte_log.h> 162 #include <rte_interrupts.h> 163 #include <rte_dev.h> 164 #include <rte_devargs.h> 165 #include <rte_bitops.h> 166 #include <rte_errno.h> 167 #include <rte_common.h> 168 #include <rte_config.h> 169 #include <rte_power_intrinsics.h> 170 171 #include "rte_ethdev_trace_fp.h" 172 #include "rte_dev_info.h" 173 174 extern int rte_eth_dev_logtype; 175 #define RTE_LOGTYPE_ETHDEV rte_eth_dev_logtype 176 177 #define RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(level, ...) \ 178 RTE_LOG_LINE(level, ETHDEV, "" __VA_ARGS__) 179 180 struct rte_mbuf; 181 182 /** 183 * Initializes a device iterator. 184 * 185 * This iterator allows accessing a list of devices matching some devargs. 186 * 187 * @param iter 188 * Device iterator handle initialized by the function. 189 * The fields bus_str and cls_str might be dynamically allocated, 190 * and could be freed by calling rte_eth_iterator_cleanup(). 191 * 192 * @param devargs 193 * Device description string. 194 * 195 * @return 196 * 0 on successful initialization, negative otherwise. 197 */ 198 int rte_eth_iterator_init(struct rte_dev_iterator *iter, const char *devargs); 199 200 /** 201 * Iterates on devices with devargs filter. 202 * The ownership is not checked. 203 * 204 * The next port ID is returned, and the iterator is updated. 205 * 206 * @param iter 207 * Device iterator handle initialized by rte_eth_iterator_init(). 208 * Some fields bus_str and cls_str might be freed when no more port is found, 209 * by calling rte_eth_iterator_cleanup(). 210 * 211 * @return 212 * A port ID if found, RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS otherwise. 213 */ 214 uint16_t rte_eth_iterator_next(struct rte_dev_iterator *iter); 215 216 /** 217 * Free some allocated fields of the iterator. 218 * 219 * This function is automatically called by rte_eth_iterator_next() 220 * on the last iteration (i.e. when no more matching port is found). 221 * 222 * It is safe to call this function twice; it will do nothing more. 223 * 224 * @param iter 225 * Device iterator handle initialized by rte_eth_iterator_init(). 226 * The fields bus_str and cls_str are freed if needed. 227 */ 228 void rte_eth_iterator_cleanup(struct rte_dev_iterator *iter); 229 230 /** 231 * Macro to iterate over all ethdev ports matching some devargs. 232 * 233 * If a break is done before the end of the loop, 234 * the function rte_eth_iterator_cleanup() must be called. 235 * 236 * @param id 237 * Iterated port ID of type uint16_t. 238 * @param devargs 239 * Device parameters input as string of type char*. 240 * @param iter 241 * Iterator handle of type struct rte_dev_iterator, used internally. 242 */ 243 #define RTE_ETH_FOREACH_MATCHING_DEV(id, devargs, iter) \ 244 for (rte_eth_iterator_init(iter, devargs), \ 245 id = rte_eth_iterator_next(iter); \ 246 id != RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS; \ 247 id = rte_eth_iterator_next(iter)) 248 249 /** 250 * A structure used to retrieve statistics for an Ethernet port. 251 * Not all statistics fields in struct rte_eth_stats are supported 252 * by any type of network interface card (NIC). If any statistics 253 * field is not supported, its value is 0. 254 * All byte-related statistics do not include Ethernet FCS regardless 255 * of whether these bytes have been delivered to the application 256 * (see RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_KEEP_CRC). 257 */ 258 struct rte_eth_stats { 259 uint64_t ipackets; /**< Total number of successfully received packets. */ 260 uint64_t opackets; /**< Total number of successfully transmitted packets.*/ 261 uint64_t ibytes; /**< Total number of successfully received bytes. */ 262 uint64_t obytes; /**< Total number of successfully transmitted bytes. */ 263 /** 264 * Total of Rx packets dropped by the HW, 265 * because there are no available buffer (i.e. Rx queues are full). 266 */ 267 uint64_t imissed; 268 uint64_t ierrors; /**< Total number of erroneous received packets. */ 269 uint64_t oerrors; /**< Total number of failed transmitted packets. */ 270 uint64_t rx_nombuf; /**< Total number of Rx mbuf allocation failures. */ 271 /* Queue stats are limited to max 256 queues */ 272 /** Total number of queue Rx packets. */ 273 uint64_t q_ipackets[RTE_ETHDEV_QUEUE_STAT_CNTRS]; 274 /** Total number of queue Tx packets. */ 275 uint64_t q_opackets[RTE_ETHDEV_QUEUE_STAT_CNTRS]; 276 /** Total number of successfully received queue bytes. */ 277 uint64_t q_ibytes[RTE_ETHDEV_QUEUE_STAT_CNTRS]; 278 /** Total number of successfully transmitted queue bytes. */ 279 uint64_t q_obytes[RTE_ETHDEV_QUEUE_STAT_CNTRS]; 280 /** Total number of queue packets received that are dropped. */ 281 uint64_t q_errors[RTE_ETHDEV_QUEUE_STAT_CNTRS]; 282 }; 283 284 /**@{@name Link speed capabilities 285 * Device supported speeds bitmap flags 286 */ 287 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_AUTONEG 0 /**< Autonegotiate (all speeds) */ 288 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_FIXED RTE_BIT32(0) /**< Disable autoneg (fixed speed) */ 289 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_10M_HD RTE_BIT32(1) /**< 10 Mbps half-duplex */ 290 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_10M RTE_BIT32(2) /**< 10 Mbps full-duplex */ 291 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_100M_HD RTE_BIT32(3) /**< 100 Mbps half-duplex */ 292 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_100M RTE_BIT32(4) /**< 100 Mbps full-duplex */ 293 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_1G RTE_BIT32(5) /**< 1 Gbps */ 294 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_2_5G RTE_BIT32(6) /**< 2.5 Gbps */ 295 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_5G RTE_BIT32(7) /**< 5 Gbps */ 296 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_10G RTE_BIT32(8) /**< 10 Gbps */ 297 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_20G RTE_BIT32(9) /**< 20 Gbps */ 298 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_25G RTE_BIT32(10) /**< 25 Gbps */ 299 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_40G RTE_BIT32(11) /**< 40 Gbps */ 300 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_50G RTE_BIT32(12) /**< 50 Gbps */ 301 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_56G RTE_BIT32(13) /**< 56 Gbps */ 302 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_100G RTE_BIT32(14) /**< 100 Gbps */ 303 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_200G RTE_BIT32(15) /**< 200 Gbps */ 304 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_400G RTE_BIT32(16) /**< 400 Gbps */ 305 /**@}*/ 306 307 /**@{@name Link speed 308 * Ethernet numeric link speeds in Mbps 309 */ 310 #define RTE_ETH_SPEED_NUM_NONE 0 /**< Not defined */ 311 #define RTE_ETH_SPEED_NUM_10M 10 /**< 10 Mbps */ 312 #define RTE_ETH_SPEED_NUM_100M 100 /**< 100 Mbps */ 313 #define RTE_ETH_SPEED_NUM_1G 1000 /**< 1 Gbps */ 314 #define RTE_ETH_SPEED_NUM_2_5G 2500 /**< 2.5 Gbps */ 315 #define RTE_ETH_SPEED_NUM_5G 5000 /**< 5 Gbps */ 316 #define RTE_ETH_SPEED_NUM_10G 10000 /**< 10 Gbps */ 317 #define RTE_ETH_SPEED_NUM_20G 20000 /**< 20 Gbps */ 318 #define RTE_ETH_SPEED_NUM_25G 25000 /**< 25 Gbps */ 319 #define RTE_ETH_SPEED_NUM_40G 40000 /**< 40 Gbps */ 320 #define RTE_ETH_SPEED_NUM_50G 50000 /**< 50 Gbps */ 321 #define RTE_ETH_SPEED_NUM_56G 56000 /**< 56 Gbps */ 322 #define RTE_ETH_SPEED_NUM_100G 100000 /**< 100 Gbps */ 323 #define RTE_ETH_SPEED_NUM_200G 200000 /**< 200 Gbps */ 324 #define RTE_ETH_SPEED_NUM_400G 400000 /**< 400 Gbps */ 325 #define RTE_ETH_SPEED_NUM_UNKNOWN UINT32_MAX /**< Unknown */ 326 /**@}*/ 327 328 /** 329 * A structure used to retrieve link-level information of an Ethernet port. 330 */ 331 struct rte_eth_link { 332 union { 333 RTE_ATOMIC(uint64_t) val64; /**< used for atomic64 read/write */ 334 __extension__ 335 struct { 336 uint32_t link_speed; /**< RTE_ETH_SPEED_NUM_ */ 337 uint16_t link_duplex : 1; /**< RTE_ETH_LINK_[HALF/FULL]_DUPLEX */ 338 uint16_t link_autoneg : 1; /**< RTE_ETH_LINK_[AUTONEG/FIXED] */ 339 uint16_t link_status : 1; /**< RTE_ETH_LINK_[DOWN/UP] */ 340 }; 341 }; 342 }; 343 344 /**@{@name Link negotiation 345 * Constants used in link management. 346 */ 347 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_HALF_DUPLEX 0 /**< Half-duplex connection (see link_duplex). */ 348 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_FULL_DUPLEX 1 /**< Full-duplex connection (see link_duplex). */ 349 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_DOWN 0 /**< Link is down (see link_status). */ 350 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_UP 1 /**< Link is up (see link_status). */ 351 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_FIXED 0 /**< No autonegotiation (see link_autoneg). */ 352 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_AUTONEG 1 /**< Autonegotiated (see link_autoneg). */ 353 #define RTE_ETH_LINK_MAX_STR_LEN 40 /**< Max length of default link string. */ 354 /**@}*/ 355 356 /** 357 * A structure used to configure the ring threshold registers of an Rx/Tx 358 * queue for an Ethernet port. 359 */ 360 struct rte_eth_thresh { 361 uint8_t pthresh; /**< Ring prefetch threshold. */ 362 uint8_t hthresh; /**< Ring host threshold. */ 363 uint8_t wthresh; /**< Ring writeback threshold. */ 364 }; 365 366 /**@{@name Multi-queue mode 367 * @see rte_eth_conf.rxmode.mq_mode. 368 */ 369 #define RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_RSS_FLAG RTE_BIT32(0) /**< Enable RSS. @see rte_eth_rss_conf */ 370 #define RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_DCB_FLAG RTE_BIT32(1) /**< Enable DCB. */ 371 #define RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_VMDQ_FLAG RTE_BIT32(2) /**< Enable VMDq. */ 372 /**@}*/ 373 374 /** 375 * A set of values to identify what method is to be used to route 376 * packets to multiple queues. 377 */ 378 enum rte_eth_rx_mq_mode { 379 /** None of DCB, RSS or VMDq mode */ 380 RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_NONE = 0, 381 382 /** For Rx side, only RSS is on */ 383 RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_RSS = RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_RSS_FLAG, 384 /** For Rx side,only DCB is on. */ 385 RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_DCB = RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_DCB_FLAG, 386 /** Both DCB and RSS enable */ 387 RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_DCB_RSS = RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_RSS_FLAG | RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_DCB_FLAG, 388 389 /** Only VMDq, no RSS nor DCB */ 390 RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_VMDQ_ONLY = RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_VMDQ_FLAG, 391 /** RSS mode with VMDq */ 392 RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_VMDQ_RSS = RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_RSS_FLAG | RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_VMDQ_FLAG, 393 /** Use VMDq+DCB to route traffic to queues */ 394 RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_VMDQ_DCB = RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_VMDQ_FLAG | RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_DCB_FLAG, 395 /** Enable both VMDq and DCB in VMDq */ 396 RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_VMDQ_DCB_RSS = RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_RSS_FLAG | RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_DCB_FLAG | 397 RTE_ETH_MQ_RX_VMDQ_FLAG, 398 }; 399 400 /** 401 * A set of values to identify what method is to be used to transmit 402 * packets using multi-TCs. 403 */ 404 enum rte_eth_tx_mq_mode { 405 RTE_ETH_MQ_TX_NONE = 0, /**< It is in neither DCB nor VT mode. */ 406 RTE_ETH_MQ_TX_DCB, /**< For Tx side,only DCB is on. */ 407 RTE_ETH_MQ_TX_VMDQ_DCB, /**< For Tx side,both DCB and VT is on. */ 408 RTE_ETH_MQ_TX_VMDQ_ONLY, /**< Only VT on, no DCB */ 409 }; 410 411 /** 412 * A structure used to configure the Rx features of an Ethernet port. 413 */ 414 struct rte_eth_rxmode { 415 /** The multi-queue packet distribution mode to be used, e.g. RSS. */ 416 enum rte_eth_rx_mq_mode mq_mode; 417 uint32_t mtu; /**< Requested MTU. */ 418 /** Maximum allowed size of LRO aggregated packet. */ 419 uint32_t max_lro_pkt_size; 420 /** 421 * Per-port Rx offloads to be set using RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_* flags. 422 * Only offloads set on rx_offload_capa field on rte_eth_dev_info 423 * structure are allowed to be set. 424 */ 425 uint64_t offloads; 426 427 uint64_t reserved_64s[2]; /**< Reserved for future fields */ 428 void *reserved_ptrs[2]; /**< Reserved for future fields */ 429 }; 430 431 /** 432 * VLAN types to indicate if it is for single VLAN, inner VLAN or outer VLAN. 433 * Note that single VLAN is treated the same as inner VLAN. 434 */ 435 enum rte_vlan_type { 436 RTE_ETH_VLAN_TYPE_UNKNOWN = 0, 437 RTE_ETH_VLAN_TYPE_INNER, /**< Inner VLAN. */ 438 RTE_ETH_VLAN_TYPE_OUTER, /**< Single VLAN, or outer VLAN. */ 439 RTE_ETH_VLAN_TYPE_MAX, 440 }; 441 442 /** 443 * A structure used to describe a VLAN filter. 444 * If the bit corresponding to a VID is set, such VID is on. 445 */ 446 struct rte_vlan_filter_conf { 447 uint64_t ids[64]; 448 }; 449 450 /** 451 * Hash function types. 452 */ 453 enum rte_eth_hash_function { 454 /** DEFAULT means driver decides which hash algorithm to pick. */ 455 RTE_ETH_HASH_FUNCTION_DEFAULT = 0, 456 RTE_ETH_HASH_FUNCTION_TOEPLITZ, /**< Toeplitz */ 457 RTE_ETH_HASH_FUNCTION_SIMPLE_XOR, /**< Simple XOR */ 458 /** 459 * Symmetric Toeplitz: src, dst will be replaced by 460 * xor(src, dst). For the case with src/dst only, 461 * src or dst address will xor with zero pair. 462 */ 463 RTE_ETH_HASH_FUNCTION_SYMMETRIC_TOEPLITZ, 464 /** 465 * Symmetric Toeplitz: L3 and L4 fields are sorted prior to 466 * the hash function. 467 * If src_ip > dst_ip, swap src_ip and dst_ip. 468 * If src_port > dst_port, swap src_port and dst_port. 469 */ 470 RTE_ETH_HASH_FUNCTION_SYMMETRIC_TOEPLITZ_SORT, 471 RTE_ETH_HASH_FUNCTION_MAX, 472 }; 473 474 #define RTE_ETH_HASH_ALGO_TO_CAPA(x) RTE_BIT32(x) 475 #define RTE_ETH_HASH_ALGO_CAPA_MASK(x) RTE_BIT32(RTE_ETH_HASH_FUNCTION_ ## x) 476 477 /** 478 * A structure used to configure the Receive Side Scaling (RSS) feature 479 * of an Ethernet port. 480 */ 481 struct rte_eth_rss_conf { 482 /** 483 * In rte_eth_dev_rss_hash_conf_get(), the *rss_key_len* should be 484 * greater than or equal to the *hash_key_size* which get from 485 * rte_eth_dev_info_get() API. And the *rss_key* should contain at least 486 * *hash_key_size* bytes. If not meet these requirements, the query 487 * result is unreliable even if the operation returns success. 488 * 489 * In rte_eth_dev_rss_hash_update() or rte_eth_dev_configure(), if 490 * *rss_key* is not NULL, the *rss_key_len* indicates the length of the 491 * *rss_key* in bytes and it should be equal to *hash_key_size*. 492 * If *rss_key* is NULL, drivers are free to use a random or a default key. 493 */ 494 uint8_t *rss_key; 495 uint8_t rss_key_len; /**< hash key length in bytes. */ 496 /** 497 * Indicates the type of packets or the specific part of packets to 498 * which RSS hashing is to be applied. 499 */ 500 uint64_t rss_hf; 501 enum rte_eth_hash_function algorithm; /**< Hash algorithm. */ 502 }; 503 504 /* 505 * A packet can be identified by hardware as different flow types. Different 506 * NIC hardware may support different flow types. 507 * Basically, the NIC hardware identifies the flow type as deep protocol as 508 * possible, and exclusively. For example, if a packet is identified as 509 * 'RTE_ETH_FLOW_NONFRAG_IPV4_TCP', it will not be any of other flow types, 510 * though it is an actual IPV4 packet. 511 */ 512 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_UNKNOWN 0 513 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_RAW 1 514 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_IPV4 2 515 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_FRAG_IPV4 3 516 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_NONFRAG_IPV4_TCP 4 517 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_NONFRAG_IPV4_UDP 5 518 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_NONFRAG_IPV4_SCTP 6 519 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_NONFRAG_IPV4_OTHER 7 520 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_IPV6 8 521 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_FRAG_IPV6 9 522 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_NONFRAG_IPV6_TCP 10 523 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_NONFRAG_IPV6_UDP 11 524 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_NONFRAG_IPV6_SCTP 12 525 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_NONFRAG_IPV6_OTHER 13 526 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_L2_PAYLOAD 14 527 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_IPV6_EX 15 528 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_IPV6_TCP_EX 16 529 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_IPV6_UDP_EX 17 530 /** Consider device port number as a flow differentiator */ 531 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_PORT 18 532 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_VXLAN 19 /**< VXLAN protocol based flow */ 533 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_GENEVE 20 /**< GENEVE protocol based flow */ 534 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_NVGRE 21 /**< NVGRE protocol based flow */ 535 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_VXLAN_GPE 22 /**< VXLAN-GPE protocol based flow */ 536 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_GTPU 23 /**< GTPU protocol based flow */ 537 #define RTE_ETH_FLOW_MAX 24 538 539 /* 540 * Below macros are defined for RSS offload types, they can be used to 541 * fill rte_eth_rss_conf.rss_hf or rte_flow_action_rss.types. 542 */ 543 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV4 RTE_BIT64(2) 544 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_FRAG_IPV4 RTE_BIT64(3) 545 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV4_TCP RTE_BIT64(4) 546 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV4_UDP RTE_BIT64(5) 547 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV4_SCTP RTE_BIT64(6) 548 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV4_OTHER RTE_BIT64(7) 549 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6 RTE_BIT64(8) 550 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_FRAG_IPV6 RTE_BIT64(9) 551 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_TCP RTE_BIT64(10) 552 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_UDP RTE_BIT64(11) 553 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_SCTP RTE_BIT64(12) 554 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_OTHER RTE_BIT64(13) 555 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_L2_PAYLOAD RTE_BIT64(14) 556 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_EX RTE_BIT64(15) 557 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_TCP_EX RTE_BIT64(16) 558 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_UDP_EX RTE_BIT64(17) 559 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_PORT RTE_BIT64(18) 560 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_VXLAN RTE_BIT64(19) 561 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_GENEVE RTE_BIT64(20) 562 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_NVGRE RTE_BIT64(21) 563 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_GTPU RTE_BIT64(23) 564 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_ETH RTE_BIT64(24) 565 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_S_VLAN RTE_BIT64(25) 566 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_C_VLAN RTE_BIT64(26) 567 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_ESP RTE_BIT64(27) 568 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_AH RTE_BIT64(28) 569 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_L2TPV3 RTE_BIT64(29) 570 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_PFCP RTE_BIT64(30) 571 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_PPPOE RTE_BIT64(31) 572 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_ECPRI RTE_BIT64(32) 573 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_MPLS RTE_BIT64(33) 574 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV4_CHKSUM RTE_BIT64(34) 575 576 /** 577 * The RTE_ETH_RSS_L4_CHKSUM works on checksum field of any L4 header. 578 * It is similar to RTE_ETH_RSS_PORT that they don't specify the specific type of 579 * L4 header. This macro is defined to replace some specific L4 (TCP/UDP/SCTP) 580 * checksum type for constructing the use of RSS offload bits. 581 * 582 * Due to above reason, some old APIs (and configuration) don't support 583 * RTE_ETH_RSS_L4_CHKSUM. The rte_flow RSS API supports it. 584 * 585 * For the case that checksum is not used in an UDP header, 586 * it takes the reserved value 0 as input for the hash function. 587 */ 588 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_L4_CHKSUM RTE_BIT64(35) 589 590 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_L2TPV2 RTE_BIT64(36) 591 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_FLOW_LABEL RTE_BIT64(37) 592 593 /* 594 * We use the following macros to combine with above RTE_ETH_RSS_* for 595 * more specific input set selection. These bits are defined starting 596 * from the high end of the 64 bits. 597 * Note: If we use above RTE_ETH_RSS_* without SRC/DST_ONLY, it represents 598 * both SRC and DST are taken into account. If SRC_ONLY and DST_ONLY of 599 * the same level are used simultaneously, it is the same case as none of 600 * them are added. 601 */ 602 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_SRC_ONLY RTE_BIT64(63) 603 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_DST_ONLY RTE_BIT64(62) 604 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_L4_SRC_ONLY RTE_BIT64(61) 605 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_L4_DST_ONLY RTE_BIT64(60) 606 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_L2_SRC_ONLY RTE_BIT64(59) 607 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_L2_DST_ONLY RTE_BIT64(58) 608 609 /* 610 * Only select IPV6 address prefix as RSS input set according to 611 * https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6052 612 * Must be combined with RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6, RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_UDP, 613 * RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_TCP, RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_SCTP. 614 */ 615 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE32 RTE_BIT64(57) 616 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE40 RTE_BIT64(56) 617 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE48 RTE_BIT64(55) 618 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE56 RTE_BIT64(54) 619 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE64 RTE_BIT64(53) 620 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE96 RTE_BIT64(52) 621 622 /* 623 * Use the following macros to combine with the above layers 624 * to choose inner and outer layers or both for RSS computation. 625 * Bits 50 and 51 are reserved for this. 626 */ 627 628 /** 629 * level 0, requests the default behavior. 630 * Depending on the packet type, it can mean outermost, innermost, 631 * anything in between or even no RSS. 632 * It basically stands for the innermost encapsulation level RSS 633 * can be performed on according to PMD and device capabilities. 634 */ 635 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_LEVEL_PMD_DEFAULT (UINT64_C(0) << 50) 636 637 /** 638 * level 1, requests RSS to be performed on the outermost packet 639 * encapsulation level. 640 */ 641 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_LEVEL_OUTERMOST (UINT64_C(1) << 50) 642 643 /** 644 * level 2, requests RSS to be performed on the specified inner packet 645 * encapsulation level, from outermost to innermost (lower to higher values). 646 */ 647 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_LEVEL_INNERMOST (UINT64_C(2) << 50) 648 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_LEVEL_MASK (UINT64_C(3) << 50) 649 650 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_LEVEL(rss_hf) ((rss_hf & RTE_ETH_RSS_LEVEL_MASK) >> 50) 651 652 /** 653 * For input set change of hash filter, if SRC_ONLY and DST_ONLY of 654 * the same level are used simultaneously, it is the same case as 655 * none of them are added. 656 * 657 * @param rss_hf 658 * RSS types with SRC/DST_ONLY. 659 * @return 660 * RSS types. 661 */ 662 static inline uint64_t 663 rte_eth_rss_hf_refine(uint64_t rss_hf) 664 { 665 if ((rss_hf & RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_SRC_ONLY) && (rss_hf & RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_DST_ONLY)) 666 rss_hf &= ~(RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_SRC_ONLY | RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_DST_ONLY); 667 668 if ((rss_hf & RTE_ETH_RSS_L4_SRC_ONLY) && (rss_hf & RTE_ETH_RSS_L4_DST_ONLY)) 669 rss_hf &= ~(RTE_ETH_RSS_L4_SRC_ONLY | RTE_ETH_RSS_L4_DST_ONLY); 670 671 return rss_hf; 672 } 673 674 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE32 ( \ 675 RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6 | \ 676 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE32) 677 678 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE40 ( \ 679 RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6 | \ 680 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE40) 681 682 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE48 ( \ 683 RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6 | \ 684 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE48) 685 686 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE56 ( \ 687 RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6 | \ 688 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE56) 689 690 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE64 ( \ 691 RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6 | \ 692 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE64) 693 694 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE96 ( \ 695 RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6 | \ 696 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE96) 697 698 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE32_UDP ( \ 699 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_UDP | \ 700 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE32) 701 702 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE40_UDP ( \ 703 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_UDP | \ 704 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE40) 705 706 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE48_UDP ( \ 707 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_UDP | \ 708 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE48) 709 710 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE56_UDP ( \ 711 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_UDP | \ 712 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE56) 713 714 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE64_UDP ( \ 715 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_UDP | \ 716 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE64) 717 718 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE96_UDP ( \ 719 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_UDP | \ 720 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE96) 721 722 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE32_TCP ( \ 723 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_TCP | \ 724 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE32) 725 726 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE40_TCP ( \ 727 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_TCP | \ 728 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE40) 729 730 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE48_TCP ( \ 731 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_TCP | \ 732 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE48) 733 734 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE56_TCP ( \ 735 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_TCP | \ 736 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE56) 737 738 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE64_TCP ( \ 739 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_TCP | \ 740 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE64) 741 742 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE96_TCP ( \ 743 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_TCP | \ 744 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE96) 745 746 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE32_SCTP ( \ 747 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_SCTP | \ 748 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE32) 749 750 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE40_SCTP ( \ 751 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_SCTP | \ 752 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE40) 753 754 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE48_SCTP ( \ 755 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_SCTP | \ 756 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE48) 757 758 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE56_SCTP ( \ 759 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_SCTP | \ 760 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE56) 761 762 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE64_SCTP ( \ 763 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_SCTP | \ 764 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE64) 765 766 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_PRE96_SCTP ( \ 767 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_SCTP | \ 768 RTE_ETH_RSS_L3_PRE96) 769 770 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_IP ( \ 771 RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV4 | \ 772 RTE_ETH_RSS_FRAG_IPV4 | \ 773 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV4_OTHER | \ 774 RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6 | \ 775 RTE_ETH_RSS_FRAG_IPV6 | \ 776 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_OTHER | \ 777 RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_EX) 778 779 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_UDP ( \ 780 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV4_UDP | \ 781 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_UDP | \ 782 RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_UDP_EX) 783 784 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_TCP ( \ 785 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV4_TCP | \ 786 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_TCP | \ 787 RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_TCP_EX) 788 789 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_SCTP ( \ 790 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV4_SCTP | \ 791 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_SCTP) 792 793 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_TUNNEL ( \ 794 RTE_ETH_RSS_VXLAN | \ 795 RTE_ETH_RSS_GENEVE | \ 796 RTE_ETH_RSS_NVGRE) 797 798 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_VLAN ( \ 799 RTE_ETH_RSS_S_VLAN | \ 800 RTE_ETH_RSS_C_VLAN) 801 802 /** Mask of valid RSS hash protocols */ 803 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_PROTO_MASK ( \ 804 RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV4 | \ 805 RTE_ETH_RSS_FRAG_IPV4 | \ 806 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV4_TCP | \ 807 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV4_UDP | \ 808 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV4_SCTP | \ 809 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV4_OTHER | \ 810 RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6 | \ 811 RTE_ETH_RSS_FRAG_IPV6 | \ 812 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_TCP | \ 813 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_UDP | \ 814 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_SCTP | \ 815 RTE_ETH_RSS_NONFRAG_IPV6_OTHER | \ 816 RTE_ETH_RSS_L2_PAYLOAD | \ 817 RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_EX | \ 818 RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_TCP_EX | \ 819 RTE_ETH_RSS_IPV6_UDP_EX | \ 820 RTE_ETH_RSS_PORT | \ 821 RTE_ETH_RSS_VXLAN | \ 822 RTE_ETH_RSS_GENEVE | \ 823 RTE_ETH_RSS_NVGRE | \ 824 RTE_ETH_RSS_MPLS) 825 826 /* 827 * Definitions used for redirection table entry size. 828 * Some RSS RETA sizes may not be supported by some drivers, check the 829 * documentation or the description of relevant functions for more details. 830 */ 831 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_RETA_SIZE_64 64 832 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_RETA_SIZE_128 128 833 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_RETA_SIZE_256 256 834 #define RTE_ETH_RSS_RETA_SIZE_512 512 835 #define RTE_ETH_RETA_GROUP_SIZE 64 836 837 /**@{@name VMDq and DCB maximums */ 838 #define RTE_ETH_VMDQ_MAX_VLAN_FILTERS 64 /**< Maximum nb. of VMDq VLAN filters. */ 839 #define RTE_ETH_DCB_NUM_USER_PRIORITIES 8 /**< Maximum nb. of DCB priorities. */ 840 #define RTE_ETH_VMDQ_DCB_NUM_QUEUES 128 /**< Maximum nb. of VMDq DCB queues. */ 841 #define RTE_ETH_DCB_NUM_QUEUES 128 /**< Maximum nb. of DCB queues. */ 842 /**@}*/ 843 844 /**@{@name DCB capabilities */ 845 #define RTE_ETH_DCB_PG_SUPPORT RTE_BIT32(0) /**< Priority Group(ETS) support. */ 846 #define RTE_ETH_DCB_PFC_SUPPORT RTE_BIT32(1) /**< Priority Flow Control support. */ 847 /**@}*/ 848 849 /**@{@name VLAN offload bits */ 850 #define RTE_ETH_VLAN_STRIP_OFFLOAD 0x0001 /**< VLAN Strip On/Off */ 851 #define RTE_ETH_VLAN_FILTER_OFFLOAD 0x0002 /**< VLAN Filter On/Off */ 852 #define RTE_ETH_VLAN_EXTEND_OFFLOAD 0x0004 /**< VLAN Extend On/Off */ 853 #define RTE_ETH_QINQ_STRIP_OFFLOAD 0x0008 /**< QINQ Strip On/Off */ 854 855 #define RTE_ETH_VLAN_STRIP_MASK 0x0001 /**< VLAN Strip setting mask */ 856 #define RTE_ETH_VLAN_FILTER_MASK 0x0002 /**< VLAN Filter setting mask*/ 857 #define RTE_ETH_VLAN_EXTEND_MASK 0x0004 /**< VLAN Extend setting mask*/ 858 #define RTE_ETH_QINQ_STRIP_MASK 0x0008 /**< QINQ Strip setting mask */ 859 #define RTE_ETH_VLAN_ID_MAX 0x0FFF /**< VLAN ID is in lower 12 bits*/ 860 /**@}*/ 861 862 /* Definitions used for receive MAC address */ 863 #define RTE_ETH_NUM_RECEIVE_MAC_ADDR 128 /**< Maximum nb. of receive mac addr. */ 864 865 /* Definitions used for unicast hash */ 866 #define RTE_ETH_VMDQ_NUM_UC_HASH_ARRAY 128 /**< Maximum nb. of UC hash array. */ 867 868 /**@{@name VMDq Rx mode 869 * @see rte_eth_vmdq_rx_conf.rx_mode 870 */ 871 /** Accept untagged packets. */ 872 #define RTE_ETH_VMDQ_ACCEPT_UNTAG RTE_BIT32(0) 873 /** Accept packets in multicast table. */ 874 #define RTE_ETH_VMDQ_ACCEPT_HASH_MC RTE_BIT32(1) 875 /** Accept packets in unicast table. */ 876 #define RTE_ETH_VMDQ_ACCEPT_HASH_UC RTE_BIT32(2) 877 /** Accept broadcast packets. */ 878 #define RTE_ETH_VMDQ_ACCEPT_BROADCAST RTE_BIT32(3) 879 /** Multicast promiscuous. */ 880 #define RTE_ETH_VMDQ_ACCEPT_MULTICAST RTE_BIT32(4) 881 /**@}*/ 882 883 /** 884 * A structure used to configure 64 entries of Redirection Table of the 885 * Receive Side Scaling (RSS) feature of an Ethernet port. To configure 886 * more than 64 entries supported by hardware, an array of this structure 887 * is needed. 888 */ 889 struct rte_eth_rss_reta_entry64 { 890 /** Mask bits indicate which entries need to be updated/queried. */ 891 uint64_t mask; 892 /** Group of 64 redirection table entries. */ 893 uint16_t reta[RTE_ETH_RETA_GROUP_SIZE]; 894 }; 895 896 /** 897 * This enum indicates the possible number of traffic classes 898 * in DCB configurations 899 */ 900 enum rte_eth_nb_tcs { 901 RTE_ETH_4_TCS = 4, /**< 4 TCs with DCB. */ 902 RTE_ETH_8_TCS = 8 /**< 8 TCs with DCB. */ 903 }; 904 905 /** 906 * This enum indicates the possible number of queue pools 907 * in VMDq configurations. 908 */ 909 enum rte_eth_nb_pools { 910 RTE_ETH_8_POOLS = 8, /**< 8 VMDq pools. */ 911 RTE_ETH_16_POOLS = 16, /**< 16 VMDq pools. */ 912 RTE_ETH_32_POOLS = 32, /**< 32 VMDq pools. */ 913 RTE_ETH_64_POOLS = 64 /**< 64 VMDq pools. */ 914 }; 915 916 /* This structure may be extended in future. */ 917 struct rte_eth_dcb_rx_conf { 918 enum rte_eth_nb_tcs nb_tcs; /**< Possible DCB TCs, 4 or 8 TCs */ 919 /** Traffic class each UP mapped to. */ 920 uint8_t dcb_tc[RTE_ETH_DCB_NUM_USER_PRIORITIES]; 921 }; 922 923 struct rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_tx_conf { 924 enum rte_eth_nb_pools nb_queue_pools; /**< With DCB, 16 or 32 pools. */ 925 /** Traffic class each UP mapped to. */ 926 uint8_t dcb_tc[RTE_ETH_DCB_NUM_USER_PRIORITIES]; 927 }; 928 929 struct rte_eth_dcb_tx_conf { 930 enum rte_eth_nb_tcs nb_tcs; /**< Possible DCB TCs, 4 or 8 TCs. */ 931 /** Traffic class each UP mapped to. */ 932 uint8_t dcb_tc[RTE_ETH_DCB_NUM_USER_PRIORITIES]; 933 }; 934 935 struct rte_eth_vmdq_tx_conf { 936 enum rte_eth_nb_pools nb_queue_pools; /**< VMDq mode, 64 pools. */ 937 }; 938 939 /** 940 * A structure used to configure the VMDq+DCB feature 941 * of an Ethernet port. 942 * 943 * Using this feature, packets are routed to a pool of queues, based 944 * on the VLAN ID in the VLAN tag, and then to a specific queue within 945 * that pool, using the user priority VLAN tag field. 946 * 947 * A default pool may be used, if desired, to route all traffic which 948 * does not match the VLAN filter rules. 949 */ 950 struct rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_conf { 951 enum rte_eth_nb_pools nb_queue_pools; /**< With DCB, 16 or 32 pools */ 952 uint8_t enable_default_pool; /**< If non-zero, use a default pool */ 953 uint8_t default_pool; /**< The default pool, if applicable */ 954 uint8_t nb_pool_maps; /**< We can have up to 64 filters/mappings */ 955 struct { 956 uint16_t vlan_id; /**< The VLAN ID of the received frame */ 957 uint64_t pools; /**< Bitmask of pools for packet Rx */ 958 } pool_map[RTE_ETH_VMDQ_MAX_VLAN_FILTERS]; /**< VMDq VLAN pool maps. */ 959 /** Selects a queue in a pool */ 960 uint8_t dcb_tc[RTE_ETH_DCB_NUM_USER_PRIORITIES]; 961 }; 962 963 /** 964 * A structure used to configure the VMDq feature of an Ethernet port when 965 * not combined with the DCB feature. 966 * 967 * Using this feature, packets are routed to a pool of queues. By default, 968 * the pool selection is based on the MAC address, the VLAN ID in the 969 * VLAN tag as specified in the pool_map array. 970 * Passing the RTE_ETH_VMDQ_ACCEPT_UNTAG in the rx_mode field allows pool 971 * selection using only the MAC address. MAC address to pool mapping is done 972 * using the rte_eth_dev_mac_addr_add function, with the pool parameter 973 * corresponding to the pool ID. 974 * 975 * Queue selection within the selected pool will be done using RSS when 976 * it is enabled or revert to the first queue of the pool if not. 977 * 978 * A default pool may be used, if desired, to route all traffic which 979 * does not match the VLAN filter rules or any pool MAC address. 980 */ 981 struct rte_eth_vmdq_rx_conf { 982 enum rte_eth_nb_pools nb_queue_pools; /**< VMDq only mode, 8 or 64 pools */ 983 uint8_t enable_default_pool; /**< If non-zero, use a default pool */ 984 uint8_t default_pool; /**< The default pool, if applicable */ 985 uint8_t enable_loop_back; /**< Enable VT loop back */ 986 uint8_t nb_pool_maps; /**< We can have up to 64 filters/mappings */ 987 uint32_t rx_mode; /**< Flags from RTE_ETH_VMDQ_ACCEPT_* */ 988 struct { 989 uint16_t vlan_id; /**< The VLAN ID of the received frame */ 990 uint64_t pools; /**< Bitmask of pools for packet Rx */ 991 } pool_map[RTE_ETH_VMDQ_MAX_VLAN_FILTERS]; /**< VMDq VLAN pool maps. */ 992 }; 993 994 /** 995 * A structure used to configure the Tx features of an Ethernet port. 996 */ 997 struct rte_eth_txmode { 998 enum rte_eth_tx_mq_mode mq_mode; /**< Tx multi-queues mode. */ 999 /** 1000 * Per-port Tx offloads to be set using RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_* flags. 1001 * Only offloads set on tx_offload_capa field on rte_eth_dev_info 1002 * structure are allowed to be set. 1003 */ 1004 uint64_t offloads; 1005 1006 uint16_t pvid; 1007 __extension__ 1008 uint8_t /** If set, reject sending out tagged pkts */ 1009 hw_vlan_reject_tagged : 1, 1010 /** If set, reject sending out untagged pkts */ 1011 hw_vlan_reject_untagged : 1, 1012 /** If set, enable port based VLAN insertion */ 1013 hw_vlan_insert_pvid : 1; 1014 1015 uint64_t reserved_64s[2]; /**< Reserved for future fields */ 1016 void *reserved_ptrs[2]; /**< Reserved for future fields */ 1017 }; 1018 1019 /** 1020 * @warning 1021 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this structure may change without prior notice. 1022 * 1023 * A structure used to configure an Rx packet segment to split. 1024 * 1025 * If RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_BUFFER_SPLIT flag is set in offloads field, 1026 * the PMD will split the received packets into multiple segments 1027 * according to the specification in the description array: 1028 * 1029 * - The first network buffer will be allocated from the memory pool, 1030 * specified in the first array element, the second buffer, from the 1031 * pool in the second element, and so on. 1032 * 1033 * - The proto_hdrs in the elements define the split position of 1034 * received packets. 1035 * 1036 * - The offsets from the segment description elements specify 1037 * the data offset from the buffer beginning except the first mbuf. 1038 * The first segment offset is added with RTE_PKTMBUF_HEADROOM. 1039 * 1040 * - The lengths in the elements define the maximal data amount 1041 * being received to each segment. The receiving starts with filling 1042 * up the first mbuf data buffer up to specified length. If the 1043 * there are data remaining (packet is longer than buffer in the first 1044 * mbuf) the following data will be pushed to the next segment 1045 * up to its own length, and so on. 1046 * 1047 * - If the length in the segment description element is zero 1048 * the actual buffer size will be deduced from the appropriate 1049 * memory pool properties. 1050 * 1051 * - If there is not enough elements to describe the buffer for entire 1052 * packet of maximal length the following parameters will be used 1053 * for the all remaining segments: 1054 * - pool from the last valid element 1055 * - the buffer size from this pool 1056 * - zero offset 1057 * 1058 * - Length based buffer split: 1059 * - mp, length, offset should be configured. 1060 * - The proto_hdr field must be 0. 1061 * 1062 * - Protocol header based buffer split: 1063 * - mp, offset, proto_hdr should be configured. 1064 * - The length field must be 0. 1065 * - The proto_hdr field in the last segment should be 0. 1066 * 1067 * - When protocol header split is enabled, NIC may receive packets 1068 * which do not match all the protocol headers within the Rx segments. 1069 * At this point, NIC will have two possible split behaviors according to 1070 * matching results, one is exact match, another is longest match. 1071 * The split result of NIC must belong to one of them. 1072 * The exact match means NIC only do split when the packets exactly match all 1073 * the protocol headers in the segments. 1074 * Otherwise, the whole packet will be put into the last valid mempool. 1075 * The longest match means NIC will do split until packets mismatch 1076 * the protocol header in the segments. 1077 * The rest will be put into the last valid pool. 1078 */ 1079 struct rte_eth_rxseg_split { 1080 struct rte_mempool *mp; /**< Memory pool to allocate segment from. */ 1081 uint16_t length; /**< Segment data length, configures split point. */ 1082 uint16_t offset; /**< Data offset from beginning of mbuf data buffer. */ 1083 /** 1084 * proto_hdr defines a bit mask of the protocol sequence as RTE_PTYPE_*. 1085 * The last RTE_PTYPE* in the mask indicates the split position. 1086 * 1087 * If one protocol header is defined to split packets into two segments, 1088 * for non-tunneling packets, the complete protocol sequence should be defined. 1089 * For tunneling packets, for simplicity, only the tunnel and inner part of 1090 * complete protocol sequence is required. 1091 * If several protocol headers are defined to split packets into multi-segments, 1092 * the repeated parts of adjacent segments should be omitted. 1093 */ 1094 uint32_t proto_hdr; 1095 }; 1096 1097 /** 1098 * @warning 1099 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this structure may change without prior notice. 1100 * 1101 * A common structure used to describe Rx packet segment properties. 1102 */ 1103 union rte_eth_rxseg { 1104 /* The settings for buffer split offload. */ 1105 struct rte_eth_rxseg_split split; 1106 /* The other features settings should be added here. */ 1107 }; 1108 1109 /** 1110 * A structure used to configure an Rx ring of an Ethernet port. 1111 */ 1112 struct rte_eth_rxconf { 1113 struct rte_eth_thresh rx_thresh; /**< Rx ring threshold registers. */ 1114 uint16_t rx_free_thresh; /**< Drives the freeing of Rx descriptors. */ 1115 uint8_t rx_drop_en; /**< Drop packets if no descriptors are available. */ 1116 uint8_t rx_deferred_start; /**< Do not start queue with rte_eth_dev_start(). */ 1117 uint16_t rx_nseg; /**< Number of descriptions in rx_seg array. */ 1118 /** 1119 * Share group index in Rx domain and switch domain. 1120 * Non-zero value to enable Rx queue share, zero value disable share. 1121 * PMD is responsible for Rx queue consistency checks to avoid member 1122 * port's configuration contradict to each other. 1123 */ 1124 uint16_t share_group; 1125 uint16_t share_qid; /**< Shared Rx queue ID in group */ 1126 /** 1127 * Per-queue Rx offloads to be set using RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_* flags. 1128 * Only offloads set on rx_queue_offload_capa or rx_offload_capa 1129 * fields on rte_eth_dev_info structure are allowed to be set. 1130 */ 1131 uint64_t offloads; 1132 /** 1133 * Points to the array of segment descriptions for an entire packet. 1134 * Array elements are properties for consecutive Rx segments. 1135 * 1136 * The supported capabilities of receiving segmentation is reported 1137 * in rte_eth_dev_info.rx_seg_capa field. 1138 */ 1139 union rte_eth_rxseg *rx_seg; 1140 1141 /** 1142 * Array of mempools to allocate Rx buffers from. 1143 * 1144 * This provides support for multiple mbuf pools per Rx queue. 1145 * The capability is reported in device info via positive 1146 * max_rx_mempools. 1147 * 1148 * It could be useful for more efficient usage of memory when an 1149 * application creates different mempools to steer the specific 1150 * size of the packet. 1151 * 1152 * If many mempools are specified, packets received using Rx 1153 * burst may belong to any provided mempool. From ethdev user point 1154 * of view it is undefined how PMD/NIC chooses mempool for a packet. 1155 * 1156 * If Rx scatter is enabled, a packet may be delivered using a chain 1157 * of mbufs obtained from single mempool or multiple mempools based 1158 * on the NIC implementation. 1159 */ 1160 struct rte_mempool **rx_mempools; 1161 uint16_t rx_nmempool; /** < Number of Rx mempools */ 1162 1163 uint64_t reserved_64s[2]; /**< Reserved for future fields */ 1164 void *reserved_ptrs[2]; /**< Reserved for future fields */ 1165 }; 1166 1167 /** 1168 * A structure used to configure a Tx ring of an Ethernet port. 1169 */ 1170 struct rte_eth_txconf { 1171 struct rte_eth_thresh tx_thresh; /**< Tx ring threshold registers. */ 1172 uint16_t tx_rs_thresh; /**< Drives the setting of RS bit on TXDs. */ 1173 uint16_t tx_free_thresh; /**< Start freeing Tx buffers if there are 1174 less free descriptors than this value. */ 1175 1176 uint8_t tx_deferred_start; /**< Do not start queue with rte_eth_dev_start(). */ 1177 /** 1178 * Per-queue Tx offloads to be set using RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_* flags. 1179 * Only offloads set on tx_queue_offload_capa or tx_offload_capa 1180 * fields on rte_eth_dev_info structure are allowed to be set. 1181 */ 1182 uint64_t offloads; 1183 1184 uint64_t reserved_64s[2]; /**< Reserved for future fields */ 1185 void *reserved_ptrs[2]; /**< Reserved for future fields */ 1186 }; 1187 1188 /** 1189 * @warning 1190 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 1191 * 1192 * A structure used to return the Tx or Rx hairpin queue capabilities. 1193 */ 1194 struct rte_eth_hairpin_queue_cap { 1195 /** 1196 * When set, PMD supports placing descriptors and/or data buffers 1197 * in dedicated device memory. 1198 */ 1199 uint32_t locked_device_memory:1; 1200 1201 /** 1202 * When set, PMD supports placing descriptors and/or data buffers 1203 * in host memory managed by DPDK. 1204 */ 1205 uint32_t rte_memory:1; 1206 1207 uint32_t reserved:30; /**< Reserved for future fields */ 1208 }; 1209 1210 /** 1211 * @warning 1212 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 1213 * 1214 * A structure used to return the hairpin capabilities that are supported. 1215 */ 1216 struct rte_eth_hairpin_cap { 1217 /** The max number of hairpin queues (different bindings). */ 1218 uint16_t max_nb_queues; 1219 /** Max number of Rx queues to be connected to one Tx queue. */ 1220 uint16_t max_rx_2_tx; 1221 /** Max number of Tx queues to be connected to one Rx queue. */ 1222 uint16_t max_tx_2_rx; 1223 uint16_t max_nb_desc; /**< The max num of descriptors. */ 1224 struct rte_eth_hairpin_queue_cap rx_cap; /**< Rx hairpin queue capabilities. */ 1225 struct rte_eth_hairpin_queue_cap tx_cap; /**< Tx hairpin queue capabilities. */ 1226 }; 1227 1228 #define RTE_ETH_MAX_HAIRPIN_PEERS 32 1229 1230 /** 1231 * @warning 1232 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 1233 * 1234 * A structure used to hold hairpin peer data. 1235 */ 1236 struct rte_eth_hairpin_peer { 1237 uint16_t port; /**< Peer port. */ 1238 uint16_t queue; /**< Peer queue. */ 1239 }; 1240 1241 /** 1242 * @warning 1243 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 1244 * 1245 * A structure used to configure hairpin binding. 1246 */ 1247 struct rte_eth_hairpin_conf { 1248 uint32_t peer_count:16; /**< The number of peers. */ 1249 1250 /** 1251 * Explicit Tx flow rule mode. 1252 * One hairpin pair of queues should have the same attribute. 1253 * 1254 * - When set, the user should be responsible for inserting the hairpin 1255 * Tx part flows and removing them. 1256 * - When clear, the PMD will try to handle the Tx part of the flows, 1257 * e.g., by splitting one flow into two parts. 1258 */ 1259 uint32_t tx_explicit:1; 1260 1261 /** 1262 * Manually bind hairpin queues. 1263 * One hairpin pair of queues should have the same attribute. 1264 * 1265 * - When set, to enable hairpin, the user should call the hairpin bind 1266 * function after all the queues are set up properly and the ports are 1267 * started. Also, the hairpin unbind function should be called 1268 * accordingly before stopping a port that with hairpin configured. 1269 * - When cleared, the PMD will try to enable the hairpin with the queues 1270 * configured automatically during port start. 1271 */ 1272 uint32_t manual_bind:1; 1273 1274 /** 1275 * Use locked device memory as a backing storage. 1276 * 1277 * - When set, PMD will attempt place descriptors and/or data buffers 1278 * in dedicated device memory. 1279 * - When cleared, PMD will use default memory type as a backing storage. 1280 * Please refer to PMD documentation for details. 1281 * 1282 * API user should check if PMD supports this configuration flag using 1283 * @see rte_eth_dev_hairpin_capability_get. 1284 */ 1285 uint32_t use_locked_device_memory:1; 1286 1287 /** 1288 * Use DPDK memory as backing storage. 1289 * 1290 * - When set, PMD will attempt place descriptors and/or data buffers 1291 * in host memory managed by DPDK. 1292 * - When cleared, PMD will use default memory type as a backing storage. 1293 * Please refer to PMD documentation for details. 1294 * 1295 * API user should check if PMD supports this configuration flag using 1296 * @see rte_eth_dev_hairpin_capability_get. 1297 */ 1298 uint32_t use_rte_memory:1; 1299 1300 /** 1301 * Force usage of hairpin memory configuration. 1302 * 1303 * - When set, PMD will attempt to use specified memory settings. 1304 * If resource allocation fails, then hairpin queue allocation 1305 * will result in an error. 1306 * - When clear, PMD will attempt to use specified memory settings. 1307 * If resource allocation fails, then PMD will retry 1308 * allocation with default configuration. 1309 */ 1310 uint32_t force_memory:1; 1311 1312 uint32_t reserved:11; /**< Reserved bits. */ 1313 1314 struct rte_eth_hairpin_peer peers[RTE_ETH_MAX_HAIRPIN_PEERS]; 1315 }; 1316 1317 /** 1318 * A structure contains information about HW descriptor ring limitations. 1319 */ 1320 struct rte_eth_desc_lim { 1321 uint16_t nb_max; /**< Max allowed number of descriptors. */ 1322 uint16_t nb_min; /**< Min allowed number of descriptors. */ 1323 uint16_t nb_align; /**< Number of descriptors should be aligned to. */ 1324 1325 /** 1326 * Max allowed number of segments per whole packet. 1327 * 1328 * - For TSO packet this is the total number of data descriptors allowed 1329 * by device. 1330 * 1331 * @see nb_mtu_seg_max 1332 */ 1333 uint16_t nb_seg_max; 1334 1335 /** 1336 * Max number of segments per one MTU. 1337 * 1338 * - For non-TSO packet, this is the maximum allowed number of segments 1339 * in a single transmit packet. 1340 * 1341 * - For TSO packet each segment within the TSO may span up to this 1342 * value. 1343 * 1344 * @see nb_seg_max 1345 */ 1346 uint16_t nb_mtu_seg_max; 1347 }; 1348 1349 /** 1350 * This enum indicates the flow control mode 1351 */ 1352 enum rte_eth_fc_mode { 1353 RTE_ETH_FC_NONE = 0, /**< Disable flow control. */ 1354 RTE_ETH_FC_RX_PAUSE, /**< Rx pause frame, enable flowctrl on Tx side. */ 1355 RTE_ETH_FC_TX_PAUSE, /**< Tx pause frame, enable flowctrl on Rx side. */ 1356 RTE_ETH_FC_FULL /**< Enable flow control on both side. */ 1357 }; 1358 1359 /** 1360 * A structure used to configure Ethernet flow control parameter. 1361 * These parameters will be configured into the register of the NIC. 1362 * Please refer to the corresponding data sheet for proper value. 1363 */ 1364 struct rte_eth_fc_conf { 1365 uint32_t high_water; /**< High threshold value to trigger XOFF */ 1366 uint32_t low_water; /**< Low threshold value to trigger XON */ 1367 uint16_t pause_time; /**< Pause quota in the Pause frame */ 1368 uint16_t send_xon; /**< Is XON frame need be sent */ 1369 enum rte_eth_fc_mode mode; /**< Link flow control mode */ 1370 uint8_t mac_ctrl_frame_fwd; /**< Forward MAC control frames */ 1371 uint8_t autoneg; /**< Use Pause autoneg */ 1372 }; 1373 1374 /** 1375 * A structure used to configure Ethernet priority flow control parameter. 1376 * These parameters will be configured into the register of the NIC. 1377 * Please refer to the corresponding data sheet for proper value. 1378 */ 1379 struct rte_eth_pfc_conf { 1380 struct rte_eth_fc_conf fc; /**< General flow control parameter. */ 1381 uint8_t priority; /**< VLAN User Priority. */ 1382 }; 1383 1384 /** 1385 * @warning 1386 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 1387 * 1388 * A structure used to retrieve information of queue based PFC. 1389 */ 1390 struct rte_eth_pfc_queue_info { 1391 /** 1392 * Maximum supported traffic class as per PFC (802.1Qbb) specification. 1393 */ 1394 uint8_t tc_max; 1395 /** PFC queue mode capabilities. */ 1396 enum rte_eth_fc_mode mode_capa; 1397 }; 1398 1399 /** 1400 * @warning 1401 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 1402 * 1403 * A structure used to configure Ethernet priority flow control parameters for 1404 * ethdev queues. 1405 * 1406 * rte_eth_pfc_queue_conf::rx_pause structure shall be used to configure given 1407 * tx_qid with corresponding tc. When ethdev device receives PFC frame with 1408 * rte_eth_pfc_queue_conf::rx_pause::tc, traffic will be paused on 1409 * rte_eth_pfc_queue_conf::rx_pause::tx_qid for that tc. 1410 * 1411 * rte_eth_pfc_queue_conf::tx_pause structure shall be used to configure given 1412 * rx_qid. When rx_qid is congested, PFC frames are generated with 1413 * rte_eth_pfc_queue_conf::rx_pause::tc and 1414 * rte_eth_pfc_queue_conf::rx_pause::pause_time to the peer. 1415 */ 1416 struct rte_eth_pfc_queue_conf { 1417 enum rte_eth_fc_mode mode; /**< Link flow control mode */ 1418 1419 struct { 1420 uint16_t tx_qid; /**< Tx queue ID */ 1421 /** Traffic class as per PFC (802.1Qbb) spec. The value must be 1422 * in the range [0, rte_eth_pfc_queue_info::tx_max - 1] 1423 */ 1424 uint8_t tc; 1425 } rx_pause; /* Valid when (mode == FC_RX_PAUSE || mode == FC_FULL) */ 1426 1427 struct { 1428 uint16_t pause_time; /**< Pause quota in the Pause frame */ 1429 uint16_t rx_qid; /**< Rx queue ID */ 1430 /** Traffic class as per PFC (802.1Qbb) spec. The value must be 1431 * in the range [0, rte_eth_pfc_queue_info::tx_max - 1] 1432 */ 1433 uint8_t tc; 1434 } tx_pause; /* Valid when (mode == FC_TX_PAUSE || mode == FC_FULL) */ 1435 }; 1436 1437 /** 1438 * Tunnel type for device-specific classifier configuration. 1439 * @see rte_eth_udp_tunnel 1440 */ 1441 enum rte_eth_tunnel_type { 1442 RTE_ETH_TUNNEL_TYPE_NONE = 0, 1443 RTE_ETH_TUNNEL_TYPE_VXLAN, 1444 RTE_ETH_TUNNEL_TYPE_GENEVE, 1445 RTE_ETH_TUNNEL_TYPE_TEREDO, 1446 RTE_ETH_TUNNEL_TYPE_NVGRE, 1447 RTE_ETH_TUNNEL_TYPE_IP_IN_GRE, 1448 RTE_ETH_L2_TUNNEL_TYPE_E_TAG, 1449 RTE_ETH_TUNNEL_TYPE_VXLAN_GPE, 1450 RTE_ETH_TUNNEL_TYPE_ECPRI, 1451 RTE_ETH_TUNNEL_TYPE_MAX, 1452 }; 1453 1454 /* Deprecated API file for rte_eth_dev_filter_* functions */ 1455 #include "rte_eth_ctrl.h" 1456 1457 /** 1458 * UDP tunneling configuration. 1459 * 1460 * Used to configure the classifier of a device, 1461 * associating an UDP port with a type of tunnel. 1462 * 1463 * Some NICs may need such configuration to properly parse a tunnel 1464 * with any standard or custom UDP port. 1465 */ 1466 struct rte_eth_udp_tunnel { 1467 uint16_t udp_port; /**< UDP port used for the tunnel. */ 1468 uint8_t prot_type; /**< Tunnel type. @see rte_eth_tunnel_type */ 1469 }; 1470 1471 /** 1472 * A structure used to enable/disable specific device interrupts. 1473 */ 1474 struct rte_eth_intr_conf { 1475 /** enable/disable lsc interrupt. 0 (default) - disable, 1 enable */ 1476 uint32_t lsc:1; 1477 /** enable/disable rxq interrupt. 0 (default) - disable, 1 enable */ 1478 uint32_t rxq:1; 1479 /** enable/disable rmv interrupt. 0 (default) - disable, 1 enable */ 1480 uint32_t rmv:1; 1481 }; 1482 1483 #define rte_intr_conf rte_eth_intr_conf 1484 1485 /** 1486 * A structure used to configure an Ethernet port. 1487 * Depending upon the Rx multi-queue mode, extra advanced 1488 * configuration settings may be needed. 1489 */ 1490 struct rte_eth_conf { 1491 uint32_t link_speeds; /**< bitmap of RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_XXX of speeds to be 1492 used. RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_FIXED disables link 1493 autonegotiation, and a unique speed shall be 1494 set. Otherwise, the bitmap defines the set of 1495 speeds to be advertised. If the special value 1496 RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_AUTONEG (0) is used, all speeds 1497 supported are advertised. */ 1498 struct rte_eth_rxmode rxmode; /**< Port Rx configuration. */ 1499 struct rte_eth_txmode txmode; /**< Port Tx configuration. */ 1500 uint32_t lpbk_mode; /**< Loopback operation mode. By default the value 1501 is 0, meaning the loopback mode is disabled. 1502 Read the datasheet of given Ethernet controller 1503 for details. The possible values of this field 1504 are defined in implementation of each driver. */ 1505 struct { 1506 struct rte_eth_rss_conf rss_conf; /**< Port RSS configuration */ 1507 /** Port VMDq+DCB configuration. */ 1508 struct rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_conf vmdq_dcb_conf; 1509 /** Port DCB Rx configuration. */ 1510 struct rte_eth_dcb_rx_conf dcb_rx_conf; 1511 /** Port VMDq Rx configuration. */ 1512 struct rte_eth_vmdq_rx_conf vmdq_rx_conf; 1513 } rx_adv_conf; /**< Port Rx filtering configuration. */ 1514 union { 1515 /** Port VMDq+DCB Tx configuration. */ 1516 struct rte_eth_vmdq_dcb_tx_conf vmdq_dcb_tx_conf; 1517 /** Port DCB Tx configuration. */ 1518 struct rte_eth_dcb_tx_conf dcb_tx_conf; 1519 /** Port VMDq Tx configuration. */ 1520 struct rte_eth_vmdq_tx_conf vmdq_tx_conf; 1521 } tx_adv_conf; /**< Port Tx DCB configuration (union). */ 1522 /** Currently,Priority Flow Control(PFC) are supported,if DCB with PFC 1523 is needed,and the variable must be set RTE_ETH_DCB_PFC_SUPPORT. */ 1524 uint32_t dcb_capability_en; 1525 struct rte_eth_intr_conf intr_conf; /**< Interrupt mode configuration. */ 1526 }; 1527 1528 /** 1529 * Rx offload capabilities of a device. 1530 */ 1531 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_VLAN_STRIP RTE_BIT64(0) 1532 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_IPV4_CKSUM RTE_BIT64(1) 1533 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_UDP_CKSUM RTE_BIT64(2) 1534 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_TCP_CKSUM RTE_BIT64(3) 1535 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_TCP_LRO RTE_BIT64(4) 1536 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_QINQ_STRIP RTE_BIT64(5) 1537 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_IPV4_CKSUM RTE_BIT64(6) 1538 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_MACSEC_STRIP RTE_BIT64(7) 1539 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_VLAN_FILTER RTE_BIT64(9) 1540 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_VLAN_EXTEND RTE_BIT64(10) 1541 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_SCATTER RTE_BIT64(13) 1542 /** 1543 * Timestamp is set by the driver in RTE_MBUF_DYNFIELD_TIMESTAMP_NAME 1544 * and RTE_MBUF_DYNFLAG_RX_TIMESTAMP_NAME is set in ol_flags. 1545 * The mbuf field and flag are registered when the offload is configured. 1546 */ 1547 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_TIMESTAMP RTE_BIT64(14) 1548 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_SECURITY RTE_BIT64(15) 1549 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_KEEP_CRC RTE_BIT64(16) 1550 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_SCTP_CKSUM RTE_BIT64(17) 1551 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM RTE_BIT64(18) 1552 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_RSS_HASH RTE_BIT64(19) 1553 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_BUFFER_SPLIT RTE_BIT64(20) 1554 1555 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_CHECKSUM (RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_IPV4_CKSUM | \ 1556 RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_UDP_CKSUM | \ 1557 RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_TCP_CKSUM) 1558 #define RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_VLAN (RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_VLAN_STRIP | \ 1559 RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_VLAN_FILTER | \ 1560 RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_VLAN_EXTEND | \ 1561 RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_QINQ_STRIP) 1562 1563 /* 1564 * If new Rx offload capabilities are defined, they also must be 1565 * mentioned in rte_rx_offload_names in rte_ethdev.c file. 1566 */ 1567 1568 /** 1569 * Tx offload capabilities of a device. 1570 */ 1571 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_VLAN_INSERT RTE_BIT64(0) 1572 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_IPV4_CKSUM RTE_BIT64(1) 1573 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_UDP_CKSUM RTE_BIT64(2) 1574 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_TCP_CKSUM RTE_BIT64(3) 1575 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_SCTP_CKSUM RTE_BIT64(4) 1576 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_TCP_TSO RTE_BIT64(5) 1577 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_UDP_TSO RTE_BIT64(6) 1578 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_IPV4_CKSUM RTE_BIT64(7) /**< Used for tunneling packet. */ 1579 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_QINQ_INSERT RTE_BIT64(8) 1580 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_VXLAN_TNL_TSO RTE_BIT64(9) /**< Used for tunneling packet. */ 1581 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_GRE_TNL_TSO RTE_BIT64(10) /**< Used for tunneling packet. */ 1582 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_IPIP_TNL_TSO RTE_BIT64(11) /**< Used for tunneling packet. */ 1583 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_GENEVE_TNL_TSO RTE_BIT64(12) /**< Used for tunneling packet. */ 1584 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_MACSEC_INSERT RTE_BIT64(13) 1585 /** 1586 * Multiple threads can invoke rte_eth_tx_burst() concurrently on the same 1587 * Tx queue without SW lock. 1588 */ 1589 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_MT_LOCKFREE RTE_BIT64(14) 1590 /** Device supports multi segment send. */ 1591 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_MULTI_SEGS RTE_BIT64(15) 1592 /** 1593 * Device supports optimization for fast release of mbufs. 1594 * When set application must guarantee that per-queue all mbufs comes from 1595 * the same mempool and has refcnt = 1. 1596 */ 1597 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_MBUF_FAST_FREE RTE_BIT64(16) 1598 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_SECURITY RTE_BIT64(17) 1599 /** 1600 * Device supports generic UDP tunneled packet TSO. 1601 * Application must set RTE_MBUF_F_TX_TUNNEL_UDP and other mbuf fields required 1602 * for tunnel TSO. 1603 */ 1604 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_UDP_TNL_TSO RTE_BIT64(18) 1605 /** 1606 * Device supports generic IP tunneled packet TSO. 1607 * Application must set RTE_MBUF_F_TX_TUNNEL_IP and other mbuf fields required 1608 * for tunnel TSO. 1609 */ 1610 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_IP_TNL_TSO RTE_BIT64(19) 1611 /** Device supports outer UDP checksum */ 1612 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_OUTER_UDP_CKSUM RTE_BIT64(20) 1613 /** 1614 * Device sends on time read from RTE_MBUF_DYNFIELD_TIMESTAMP_NAME 1615 * if RTE_MBUF_DYNFLAG_TX_TIMESTAMP_NAME is set in ol_flags. 1616 * The mbuf field and flag are registered when the offload is configured. 1617 */ 1618 #define RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_SEND_ON_TIMESTAMP RTE_BIT64(21) 1619 /* 1620 * If new Tx offload capabilities are defined, they also must be 1621 * mentioned in rte_tx_offload_names in rte_ethdev.c file. 1622 */ 1623 1624 /**@{@name Device capabilities 1625 * Non-offload capabilities reported in rte_eth_dev_info.dev_capa. 1626 */ 1627 /** Device supports Rx queue setup after device started. */ 1628 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_CAPA_RUNTIME_RX_QUEUE_SETUP RTE_BIT64(0) 1629 /** Device supports Tx queue setup after device started. */ 1630 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_CAPA_RUNTIME_TX_QUEUE_SETUP RTE_BIT64(1) 1631 /** 1632 * Device supports shared Rx queue among ports within Rx domain and 1633 * switch domain. Mbufs are consumed by shared Rx queue instead of 1634 * each queue. Multiple groups are supported by share_group of Rx 1635 * queue configuration. Shared Rx queue is identified by PMD using 1636 * share_qid of Rx queue configuration. Polling any port in the group 1637 * receive packets of all member ports, source port identified by 1638 * mbuf->port field. 1639 */ 1640 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_CAPA_RXQ_SHARE RTE_BIT64(2) 1641 /** Device supports keeping flow rules across restart. */ 1642 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_CAPA_FLOW_RULE_KEEP RTE_BIT64(3) 1643 /** Device supports keeping shared flow objects across restart. */ 1644 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_CAPA_FLOW_SHARED_OBJECT_KEEP RTE_BIT64(4) 1645 /**@}*/ 1646 1647 /* 1648 * Fallback default preferred Rx/Tx port parameters. 1649 * These are used if an application requests default parameters 1650 * but the PMD does not provide preferred values. 1651 */ 1652 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_FALLBACK_RX_RINGSIZE 512 1653 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_FALLBACK_TX_RINGSIZE 512 1654 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_FALLBACK_RX_NBQUEUES 1 1655 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_FALLBACK_TX_NBQUEUES 1 1656 1657 /** 1658 * Preferred Rx/Tx port parameters. 1659 * There are separate instances of this structure for transmission 1660 * and reception respectively. 1661 */ 1662 struct rte_eth_dev_portconf { 1663 uint16_t burst_size; /**< Device-preferred burst size */ 1664 uint16_t ring_size; /**< Device-preferred size of queue rings */ 1665 uint16_t nb_queues; /**< Device-preferred number of queues */ 1666 }; 1667 1668 /** 1669 * Default values for switch domain ID when ethdev does not support switch 1670 * domain definitions. 1671 */ 1672 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_SWITCH_DOMAIN_ID_INVALID (UINT16_MAX) 1673 1674 /** 1675 * Ethernet device associated switch information 1676 */ 1677 struct rte_eth_switch_info { 1678 const char *name; /**< switch name */ 1679 uint16_t domain_id; /**< switch domain ID */ 1680 /** 1681 * Mapping to the devices physical switch port as enumerated from the 1682 * perspective of the embedded interconnect/switch. For SR-IOV enabled 1683 * device this may correspond to the VF_ID of each virtual function, 1684 * but each driver should explicitly define the mapping of switch 1685 * port identifier to that physical interconnect/switch 1686 */ 1687 uint16_t port_id; 1688 /** 1689 * Shared Rx queue sub-domain boundary. Only ports in same Rx domain 1690 * and switch domain can share Rx queue. Valid only if device advertised 1691 * RTE_ETH_DEV_CAPA_RXQ_SHARE capability. 1692 */ 1693 uint16_t rx_domain; 1694 }; 1695 1696 /** 1697 * @warning 1698 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this structure may change without prior notice. 1699 * 1700 * Ethernet device Rx buffer segmentation capabilities. 1701 */ 1702 struct rte_eth_rxseg_capa { 1703 __extension__ 1704 uint32_t multi_pools:1; /**< Supports receiving to multiple pools.*/ 1705 uint32_t offset_allowed:1; /**< Supports buffer offsets. */ 1706 uint32_t offset_align_log2:4; /**< Required offset alignment. */ 1707 uint16_t max_nseg; /**< Maximum amount of segments to split. */ 1708 uint16_t reserved; /**< Reserved field. */ 1709 }; 1710 1711 /** 1712 * Ethernet device information 1713 */ 1714 1715 /** 1716 * Ethernet device representor port type. 1717 */ 1718 enum rte_eth_representor_type { 1719 RTE_ETH_REPRESENTOR_NONE, /**< not a representor. */ 1720 RTE_ETH_REPRESENTOR_VF, /**< representor of Virtual Function. */ 1721 RTE_ETH_REPRESENTOR_SF, /**< representor of Sub Function. */ 1722 RTE_ETH_REPRESENTOR_PF, /**< representor of Physical Function. */ 1723 }; 1724 1725 /** 1726 * @warning 1727 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this enumeration may change without prior notice. 1728 * 1729 * Ethernet device error handling mode. 1730 */ 1731 enum rte_eth_err_handle_mode { 1732 /** No error handling modes are supported. */ 1733 RTE_ETH_ERROR_HANDLE_MODE_NONE, 1734 /** Passive error handling, after the PMD detects that a reset is required, 1735 * the PMD reports @see RTE_ETH_EVENT_INTR_RESET event, 1736 * and the application invokes @see rte_eth_dev_reset to recover the port. 1737 */ 1738 RTE_ETH_ERROR_HANDLE_MODE_PASSIVE, 1739 /** Proactive error handling, after the PMD detects that a reset is required, 1740 * the PMD reports @see RTE_ETH_EVENT_ERR_RECOVERING event, 1741 * do recovery internally, and finally reports the recovery result event 1742 * (@see RTE_ETH_EVENT_RECOVERY_*). 1743 */ 1744 RTE_ETH_ERROR_HANDLE_MODE_PROACTIVE, 1745 }; 1746 1747 /** 1748 * A structure used to retrieve the contextual information of 1749 * an Ethernet device, such as the controlling driver of the 1750 * device, etc... 1751 */ 1752 struct rte_eth_dev_info { 1753 struct rte_device *device; /**< Generic device information */ 1754 const char *driver_name; /**< Device Driver name. */ 1755 unsigned int if_index; /**< Index to bound host interface, or 0 if none. 1756 Use if_indextoname() to translate into an interface name. */ 1757 uint16_t min_mtu; /**< Minimum MTU allowed */ 1758 uint16_t max_mtu; /**< Maximum MTU allowed */ 1759 const uint32_t *dev_flags; /**< Device flags */ 1760 /** Minimum Rx buffer size per descriptor supported by HW. */ 1761 uint32_t min_rx_bufsize; 1762 /** 1763 * Maximum Rx buffer size per descriptor supported by HW. 1764 * The value is not enforced, information only to application to 1765 * optimize mbuf size. 1766 * Its value is UINT32_MAX when not specified by the driver. 1767 */ 1768 uint32_t max_rx_bufsize; 1769 uint32_t max_rx_pktlen; /**< Maximum configurable length of Rx pkt. */ 1770 /** Maximum configurable size of LRO aggregated packet. */ 1771 uint32_t max_lro_pkt_size; 1772 uint16_t max_rx_queues; /**< Maximum number of Rx queues. */ 1773 uint16_t max_tx_queues; /**< Maximum number of Tx queues. */ 1774 uint32_t max_mac_addrs; /**< Maximum number of MAC addresses. */ 1775 /** Maximum number of hash MAC addresses for MTA and UTA. */ 1776 uint32_t max_hash_mac_addrs; 1777 uint16_t max_vfs; /**< Maximum number of VFs. */ 1778 uint16_t max_vmdq_pools; /**< Maximum number of VMDq pools. */ 1779 struct rte_eth_rxseg_capa rx_seg_capa; /**< Segmentation capability.*/ 1780 /** All Rx offload capabilities including all per-queue ones */ 1781 uint64_t rx_offload_capa; 1782 /** All Tx offload capabilities including all per-queue ones */ 1783 uint64_t tx_offload_capa; 1784 /** Device per-queue Rx offload capabilities. */ 1785 uint64_t rx_queue_offload_capa; 1786 /** Device per-queue Tx offload capabilities. */ 1787 uint64_t tx_queue_offload_capa; 1788 /** Device redirection table size, the total number of entries. */ 1789 uint16_t reta_size; 1790 uint8_t hash_key_size; /**< Hash key size in bytes */ 1791 uint32_t rss_algo_capa; /** RSS hash algorithms capabilities */ 1792 /** Bit mask of RSS offloads, the bit offset also means flow type */ 1793 uint64_t flow_type_rss_offloads; 1794 struct rte_eth_rxconf default_rxconf; /**< Default Rx configuration */ 1795 struct rte_eth_txconf default_txconf; /**< Default Tx configuration */ 1796 uint16_t vmdq_queue_base; /**< First queue ID for VMDq pools. */ 1797 uint16_t vmdq_queue_num; /**< Queue number for VMDq pools. */ 1798 uint16_t vmdq_pool_base; /**< First ID of VMDq pools. */ 1799 struct rte_eth_desc_lim rx_desc_lim; /**< Rx descriptors limits */ 1800 struct rte_eth_desc_lim tx_desc_lim; /**< Tx descriptors limits */ 1801 uint32_t speed_capa; /**< Supported speeds bitmap (RTE_ETH_LINK_SPEED_). */ 1802 /** Configured number of Rx/Tx queues */ 1803 uint16_t nb_rx_queues; /**< Number of Rx queues. */ 1804 uint16_t nb_tx_queues; /**< Number of Tx queues. */ 1805 /** 1806 * Maximum number of Rx mempools supported per Rx queue. 1807 * 1808 * Value greater than 0 means that the driver supports Rx queue 1809 * mempools specification via rx_conf->rx_mempools. 1810 */ 1811 uint16_t max_rx_mempools; 1812 /** Rx parameter recommendations */ 1813 struct rte_eth_dev_portconf default_rxportconf; 1814 /** Tx parameter recommendations */ 1815 struct rte_eth_dev_portconf default_txportconf; 1816 /** Generic device capabilities (RTE_ETH_DEV_CAPA_). */ 1817 uint64_t dev_capa; 1818 /** 1819 * Switching information for ports on a device with a 1820 * embedded managed interconnect/switch. 1821 */ 1822 struct rte_eth_switch_info switch_info; 1823 /** Supported error handling mode. */ 1824 enum rte_eth_err_handle_mode err_handle_mode; 1825 1826 uint64_t reserved_64s[2]; /**< Reserved for future fields */ 1827 void *reserved_ptrs[2]; /**< Reserved for future fields */ 1828 }; 1829 1830 /**@{@name Rx/Tx queue states */ 1831 #define RTE_ETH_QUEUE_STATE_STOPPED 0 /**< Queue stopped. */ 1832 #define RTE_ETH_QUEUE_STATE_STARTED 1 /**< Queue started. */ 1833 #define RTE_ETH_QUEUE_STATE_HAIRPIN 2 /**< Queue used for hairpin. */ 1834 /**@}*/ 1835 1836 /** 1837 * Ethernet device Rx queue information structure. 1838 * Used to retrieve information about configured queue. 1839 */ 1840 struct __rte_cache_min_aligned rte_eth_rxq_info { 1841 struct rte_mempool *mp; /**< mempool used by that queue. */ 1842 struct rte_eth_rxconf conf; /**< queue config parameters. */ 1843 uint8_t scattered_rx; /**< scattered packets Rx supported. */ 1844 uint8_t queue_state; /**< one of RTE_ETH_QUEUE_STATE_*. */ 1845 uint16_t nb_desc; /**< configured number of RXDs. */ 1846 uint16_t rx_buf_size; /**< hardware receive buffer size. */ 1847 /** 1848 * Available Rx descriptors threshold defined as percentage 1849 * of Rx queue size. If number of available descriptors is lower, 1850 * the event RTE_ETH_EVENT_RX_AVAIL_THESH is generated. 1851 * Value 0 means that the threshold monitoring is disabled. 1852 */ 1853 uint8_t avail_thresh; 1854 }; 1855 1856 /** 1857 * Ethernet device Tx queue information structure. 1858 * Used to retrieve information about configured queue. 1859 */ 1860 struct __rte_cache_min_aligned rte_eth_txq_info { 1861 struct rte_eth_txconf conf; /**< queue config parameters. */ 1862 uint16_t nb_desc; /**< configured number of TXDs. */ 1863 uint8_t queue_state; /**< one of RTE_ETH_QUEUE_STATE_*. */ 1864 }; 1865 1866 /** 1867 * @warning 1868 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this structure may change without prior notice. 1869 * 1870 * Ethernet device Rx queue information structure for recycling mbufs. 1871 * Used to retrieve Rx queue information when Tx queue reusing mbufs and moving 1872 * them into Rx mbuf ring. 1873 */ 1874 struct __rte_cache_min_aligned rte_eth_recycle_rxq_info { 1875 struct rte_mbuf **mbuf_ring; /**< mbuf ring of Rx queue. */ 1876 struct rte_mempool *mp; /**< mempool of Rx queue. */ 1877 uint16_t *refill_head; /**< head of Rx queue refilling mbufs. */ 1878 uint16_t *receive_tail; /**< tail of Rx queue receiving pkts. */ 1879 uint16_t mbuf_ring_size; /**< configured number of mbuf ring size. */ 1880 /** 1881 * Requirement on mbuf refilling batch size of Rx mbuf ring. 1882 * For some PMD drivers, the number of Rx mbuf ring refilling mbufs 1883 * should be aligned with mbuf ring size, in order to simplify 1884 * ring wrapping around. 1885 * Value 0 means that PMD drivers have no requirement for this. 1886 */ 1887 uint16_t refill_requirement; 1888 }; 1889 1890 /* Generic Burst mode flag definition, values can be ORed. */ 1891 1892 /** 1893 * If the queues have different burst mode description, this bit will be set 1894 * by PMD, then the application can iterate to retrieve burst description for 1895 * all other queues. 1896 */ 1897 #define RTE_ETH_BURST_FLAG_PER_QUEUE RTE_BIT64(0) 1898 1899 /** 1900 * Ethernet device Rx/Tx queue packet burst mode information structure. 1901 * Used to retrieve information about packet burst mode setting. 1902 */ 1903 struct rte_eth_burst_mode { 1904 uint64_t flags; /**< The ORed values of RTE_ETH_BURST_FLAG_xxx */ 1905 1906 #define RTE_ETH_BURST_MODE_INFO_SIZE 1024 /**< Maximum size for information */ 1907 char info[RTE_ETH_BURST_MODE_INFO_SIZE]; /**< burst mode information */ 1908 }; 1909 1910 /** Maximum name length for extended statistics counters */ 1911 #define RTE_ETH_XSTATS_NAME_SIZE 64 1912 1913 /** 1914 * An Ethernet device extended statistic structure 1915 * 1916 * This structure is used by rte_eth_xstats_get() to provide 1917 * statistics that are not provided in the generic *rte_eth_stats* 1918 * structure. 1919 * It maps a name ID, corresponding to an index in the array returned 1920 * by rte_eth_xstats_get_names(), to a statistic value. 1921 */ 1922 struct rte_eth_xstat { 1923 uint64_t id; /**< The index in xstats name array. */ 1924 uint64_t value; /**< The statistic counter value. */ 1925 }; 1926 1927 /** 1928 * A name element for extended statistics. 1929 * 1930 * An array of this structure is returned by rte_eth_xstats_get_names(). 1931 * It lists the names of extended statistics for a PMD. The *rte_eth_xstat* 1932 * structure references these names by their array index. 1933 * 1934 * The xstats should follow a common naming scheme. 1935 * Some names are standardized in rte_stats_strings. 1936 * Examples: 1937 * - rx_missed_errors 1938 * - tx_q3_bytes 1939 * - tx_size_128_to_255_packets 1940 */ 1941 struct rte_eth_xstat_name { 1942 char name[RTE_ETH_XSTATS_NAME_SIZE]; /**< The statistic name. */ 1943 }; 1944 1945 #define RTE_ETH_DCB_NUM_TCS 8 1946 #define RTE_ETH_MAX_VMDQ_POOL 64 1947 1948 /** 1949 * A structure used to get the information of queue and 1950 * TC mapping on both Tx and Rx paths. 1951 */ 1952 struct rte_eth_dcb_tc_queue_mapping { 1953 /** Rx queues assigned to tc per Pool */ 1954 struct { 1955 uint16_t base; 1956 uint16_t nb_queue; 1957 } tc_rxq[RTE_ETH_MAX_VMDQ_POOL][RTE_ETH_DCB_NUM_TCS]; 1958 /** Rx queues assigned to tc per Pool */ 1959 struct { 1960 uint16_t base; 1961 uint16_t nb_queue; 1962 } tc_txq[RTE_ETH_MAX_VMDQ_POOL][RTE_ETH_DCB_NUM_TCS]; 1963 }; 1964 1965 /** 1966 * A structure used to get the information of DCB. 1967 * It includes TC UP mapping and queue TC mapping. 1968 */ 1969 struct rte_eth_dcb_info { 1970 uint8_t nb_tcs; /**< number of TCs */ 1971 uint8_t prio_tc[RTE_ETH_DCB_NUM_USER_PRIORITIES]; /**< Priority to tc */ 1972 uint8_t tc_bws[RTE_ETH_DCB_NUM_TCS]; /**< Tx BW percentage for each TC */ 1973 /** Rx queues assigned to tc */ 1974 struct rte_eth_dcb_tc_queue_mapping tc_queue; 1975 }; 1976 1977 /** 1978 * This enum indicates the possible Forward Error Correction (FEC) modes 1979 * of an ethdev port. 1980 */ 1981 enum rte_eth_fec_mode { 1982 RTE_ETH_FEC_NOFEC = 0, /**< FEC is off */ 1983 RTE_ETH_FEC_AUTO, /**< FEC autonegotiation modes */ 1984 RTE_ETH_FEC_BASER, /**< FEC using common algorithm */ 1985 RTE_ETH_FEC_RS, /**< FEC using RS algorithm */ 1986 RTE_ETH_FEC_LLRS, /**< FEC using LLRS algorithm */ 1987 }; 1988 1989 /* Translate from FEC mode to FEC capa */ 1990 #define RTE_ETH_FEC_MODE_TO_CAPA(x) RTE_BIT32(x) 1991 1992 /* This macro indicates FEC capa mask */ 1993 #define RTE_ETH_FEC_MODE_CAPA_MASK(x) RTE_BIT32(RTE_ETH_FEC_ ## x) 1994 1995 /* A structure used to get capabilities per link speed */ 1996 struct rte_eth_fec_capa { 1997 uint32_t speed; /**< Link speed (see RTE_ETH_SPEED_NUM_*) */ 1998 uint32_t capa; /**< FEC capabilities bitmask */ 1999 }; 2000 2001 #define RTE_ETH_ALL RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS 2002 2003 /* Macros to check for valid port */ 2004 #define RTE_ETH_VALID_PORTID_OR_ERR_RET(port_id, retval) do { \ 2005 if (!rte_eth_dev_is_valid_port(port_id)) { \ 2006 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, "Invalid port_id=%u", port_id); \ 2007 return retval; \ 2008 } \ 2009 } while (0) 2010 2011 #define RTE_ETH_VALID_PORTID_OR_RET(port_id) do { \ 2012 if (!rte_eth_dev_is_valid_port(port_id)) { \ 2013 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, "Invalid port_id=%u", port_id); \ 2014 return; \ 2015 } \ 2016 } while (0) 2017 2018 /** 2019 * Function type used for Rx packet processing packet callbacks. 2020 * 2021 * The callback function is called on Rx with a burst of packets that have 2022 * been received on the given port and queue. 2023 * 2024 * @param port_id 2025 * The Ethernet port on which Rx is being performed. 2026 * @param queue 2027 * The queue on the Ethernet port which is being used to receive the packets. 2028 * @param pkts 2029 * The burst of packets that have just been received. 2030 * @param nb_pkts 2031 * The number of packets in the burst pointed to by "pkts". 2032 * @param max_pkts 2033 * The max number of packets that can be stored in the "pkts" array. 2034 * @param user_param 2035 * The arbitrary user parameter passed in by the application when the callback 2036 * was originally configured. 2037 * @return 2038 * The number of packets returned to the user. 2039 */ 2040 typedef uint16_t (*rte_rx_callback_fn)(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue, 2041 struct rte_mbuf *pkts[], uint16_t nb_pkts, uint16_t max_pkts, 2042 void *user_param); 2043 2044 /** 2045 * Function type used for Tx packet processing packet callbacks. 2046 * 2047 * The callback function is called on Tx with a burst of packets immediately 2048 * before the packets are put onto the hardware queue for transmission. 2049 * 2050 * @param port_id 2051 * The Ethernet port on which Tx is being performed. 2052 * @param queue 2053 * The queue on the Ethernet port which is being used to transmit the packets. 2054 * @param pkts 2055 * The burst of packets that are about to be transmitted. 2056 * @param nb_pkts 2057 * The number of packets in the burst pointed to by "pkts". 2058 * @param user_param 2059 * The arbitrary user parameter passed in by the application when the callback 2060 * was originally configured. 2061 * @return 2062 * The number of packets to be written to the NIC. 2063 */ 2064 typedef uint16_t (*rte_tx_callback_fn)(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue, 2065 struct rte_mbuf *pkts[], uint16_t nb_pkts, void *user_param); 2066 2067 /** 2068 * Possible states of an ethdev port. 2069 */ 2070 enum rte_eth_dev_state { 2071 /** Device is unused before being probed. */ 2072 RTE_ETH_DEV_UNUSED = 0, 2073 /** Device is attached when allocated in probing. */ 2074 RTE_ETH_DEV_ATTACHED, 2075 /** Device is in removed state when plug-out is detected. */ 2076 RTE_ETH_DEV_REMOVED, 2077 }; 2078 2079 struct rte_eth_dev_sriov { 2080 uint8_t active; /**< SRIOV is active with 16, 32 or 64 pools */ 2081 uint8_t nb_q_per_pool; /**< Rx queue number per pool */ 2082 uint16_t def_vmdq_idx; /**< Default pool num used for PF */ 2083 uint16_t def_pool_q_idx; /**< Default pool queue start reg index */ 2084 }; 2085 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_SRIOV(dev) ((dev)->data->sriov) 2086 2087 #define RTE_ETH_NAME_MAX_LEN RTE_DEV_NAME_MAX_LEN 2088 2089 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_NO_OWNER 0 2090 2091 #define RTE_ETH_MAX_OWNER_NAME_LEN 64 2092 2093 struct rte_eth_dev_owner { 2094 uint64_t id; /**< The owner unique identifier. */ 2095 char name[RTE_ETH_MAX_OWNER_NAME_LEN]; /**< The owner name. */ 2096 }; 2097 2098 /**@{@name Device flags 2099 * Flags internally saved in rte_eth_dev_data.dev_flags 2100 * and reported in rte_eth_dev_info.dev_flags. 2101 */ 2102 /** PMD supports thread-safe flow operations */ 2103 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_FLOW_OPS_THREAD_SAFE RTE_BIT32(0) 2104 /** Device supports link state interrupt */ 2105 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_INTR_LSC RTE_BIT32(1) 2106 /** Device is a bonding member */ 2107 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_BONDING_MEMBER RTE_BIT32(2) 2108 /** Device supports device removal interrupt */ 2109 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_INTR_RMV RTE_BIT32(3) 2110 /** Device is port representor */ 2111 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_REPRESENTOR RTE_BIT32(4) 2112 /** Device does not support MAC change after started */ 2113 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_NOLIVE_MAC_ADDR RTE_BIT32(5) 2114 /** 2115 * Queue xstats filled automatically by ethdev layer. 2116 * PMDs filling the queue xstats themselves should not set this flag 2117 */ 2118 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_AUTOFILL_QUEUE_XSTATS RTE_BIT32(6) 2119 /**@}*/ 2120 2121 /** 2122 * Iterates over valid ethdev ports owned by a specific owner. 2123 * 2124 * @param port_id 2125 * The ID of the next possible valid owned port. 2126 * @param owner_id 2127 * The owner identifier. 2128 * RTE_ETH_DEV_NO_OWNER means iterate over all valid ownerless ports. 2129 * @return 2130 * Next valid port ID owned by owner_id, RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS if there is none. 2131 */ 2132 uint64_t rte_eth_find_next_owned_by(uint16_t port_id, 2133 const uint64_t owner_id); 2134 2135 /** 2136 * Macro to iterate over all enabled ethdev ports owned by a specific owner. 2137 */ 2138 #define RTE_ETH_FOREACH_DEV_OWNED_BY(p, o) \ 2139 for (p = rte_eth_find_next_owned_by(0, o); \ 2140 (unsigned int)p < (unsigned int)RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS; \ 2141 p = rte_eth_find_next_owned_by(p + 1, o)) 2142 2143 /** 2144 * Iterates over valid ethdev ports. 2145 * 2146 * @param port_id 2147 * The ID of the next possible valid port. 2148 * @return 2149 * Next valid port ID, RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS if there is none. 2150 */ 2151 uint16_t rte_eth_find_next(uint16_t port_id); 2152 2153 /** 2154 * Macro to iterate over all enabled and ownerless ethdev ports. 2155 */ 2156 #define RTE_ETH_FOREACH_DEV(p) \ 2157 RTE_ETH_FOREACH_DEV_OWNED_BY(p, RTE_ETH_DEV_NO_OWNER) 2158 2159 /** 2160 * Iterates over ethdev ports of a specified device. 2161 * 2162 * @param port_id_start 2163 * The ID of the next possible valid port. 2164 * @param parent 2165 * The generic device behind the ports to iterate. 2166 * @return 2167 * Next port ID of the device, possibly port_id_start, 2168 * RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS if there is none. 2169 */ 2170 uint16_t 2171 rte_eth_find_next_of(uint16_t port_id_start, 2172 const struct rte_device *parent); 2173 2174 /** 2175 * Macro to iterate over all ethdev ports of a specified device. 2176 * 2177 * @param port_id 2178 * The ID of the matching port being iterated. 2179 * @param parent 2180 * The rte_device pointer matching the iterated ports. 2181 */ 2182 #define RTE_ETH_FOREACH_DEV_OF(port_id, parent) \ 2183 for (port_id = rte_eth_find_next_of(0, parent); \ 2184 port_id < RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS; \ 2185 port_id = rte_eth_find_next_of(port_id + 1, parent)) 2186 2187 /** 2188 * Iterates over sibling ethdev ports (i.e. sharing the same rte_device). 2189 * 2190 * @param port_id_start 2191 * The ID of the next possible valid sibling port. 2192 * @param ref_port_id 2193 * The ID of a reference port to compare rte_device with. 2194 * @return 2195 * Next sibling port ID, possibly port_id_start or ref_port_id itself, 2196 * RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS if there is none. 2197 */ 2198 uint16_t 2199 rte_eth_find_next_sibling(uint16_t port_id_start, uint16_t ref_port_id); 2200 2201 /** 2202 * Macro to iterate over all ethdev ports sharing the same rte_device 2203 * as the specified port. 2204 * Note: the specified reference port is part of the loop iterations. 2205 * 2206 * @param port_id 2207 * The ID of the matching port being iterated. 2208 * @param ref_port_id 2209 * The ID of the port being compared. 2210 */ 2211 #define RTE_ETH_FOREACH_DEV_SIBLING(port_id, ref_port_id) \ 2212 for (port_id = rte_eth_find_next_sibling(0, ref_port_id); \ 2213 port_id < RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS; \ 2214 port_id = rte_eth_find_next_sibling(port_id + 1, ref_port_id)) 2215 2216 /** 2217 * Get a new unique owner identifier. 2218 * An owner identifier is used to owns Ethernet devices by only one DPDK entity 2219 * to avoid multiple management of device by different entities. 2220 * 2221 * @param owner_id 2222 * Owner identifier pointer. 2223 * @return 2224 * Negative errno value on error, 0 on success. 2225 */ 2226 int rte_eth_dev_owner_new(uint64_t *owner_id); 2227 2228 /** 2229 * Set an Ethernet device owner. 2230 * 2231 * @param port_id 2232 * The identifier of the port to own. 2233 * @param owner 2234 * The owner pointer. 2235 * @return 2236 * Negative errno value on error, 0 on success. 2237 */ 2238 int rte_eth_dev_owner_set(const uint16_t port_id, 2239 const struct rte_eth_dev_owner *owner); 2240 2241 /** 2242 * Unset Ethernet device owner to make the device ownerless. 2243 * 2244 * @param port_id 2245 * The identifier of port to make ownerless. 2246 * @param owner_id 2247 * The owner identifier. 2248 * @return 2249 * 0 on success, negative errno value on error. 2250 */ 2251 int rte_eth_dev_owner_unset(const uint16_t port_id, 2252 const uint64_t owner_id); 2253 2254 /** 2255 * Remove owner from all Ethernet devices owned by a specific owner. 2256 * 2257 * @param owner_id 2258 * The owner identifier. 2259 * @return 2260 * 0 on success, negative errno value on error. 2261 */ 2262 int rte_eth_dev_owner_delete(const uint64_t owner_id); 2263 2264 /** 2265 * Get the owner of an Ethernet device. 2266 * 2267 * @param port_id 2268 * The port identifier. 2269 * @param owner 2270 * The owner structure pointer to fill. 2271 * @return 2272 * 0 on success, negative errno value on error.. 2273 */ 2274 int rte_eth_dev_owner_get(const uint16_t port_id, 2275 struct rte_eth_dev_owner *owner); 2276 2277 /** 2278 * Get the number of ports which are usable for the application. 2279 * 2280 * These devices must be iterated by using the macro 2281 * ``RTE_ETH_FOREACH_DEV`` or ``RTE_ETH_FOREACH_DEV_OWNED_BY`` 2282 * to deal with non-contiguous ranges of devices. 2283 * 2284 * @return 2285 * The count of available Ethernet devices. 2286 */ 2287 uint16_t rte_eth_dev_count_avail(void); 2288 2289 /** 2290 * Get the total number of ports which are allocated. 2291 * 2292 * Some devices may not be available for the application. 2293 * 2294 * @return 2295 * The total count of Ethernet devices. 2296 */ 2297 uint16_t rte_eth_dev_count_total(void); 2298 2299 /** 2300 * Convert a numerical speed in Mbps to a bitmap flag that can be used in 2301 * the bitmap link_speeds of the struct rte_eth_conf 2302 * 2303 * @param speed 2304 * Numerical speed value in Mbps 2305 * @param duplex 2306 * RTE_ETH_LINK_[HALF/FULL]_DUPLEX (only for 10/100M speeds) 2307 * @return 2308 * 0 if the speed cannot be mapped 2309 */ 2310 uint32_t rte_eth_speed_bitflag(uint32_t speed, int duplex); 2311 2312 /** 2313 * Get RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_* flag name. 2314 * 2315 * @param offload 2316 * Offload flag. 2317 * @return 2318 * Offload name or 'UNKNOWN' if the flag cannot be recognised. 2319 */ 2320 const char *rte_eth_dev_rx_offload_name(uint64_t offload); 2321 2322 /** 2323 * Get RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_* flag name. 2324 * 2325 * @param offload 2326 * Offload flag. 2327 * @return 2328 * Offload name or 'UNKNOWN' if the flag cannot be recognised. 2329 */ 2330 const char *rte_eth_dev_tx_offload_name(uint64_t offload); 2331 2332 /** 2333 * @warning 2334 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice. 2335 * 2336 * Get RTE_ETH_DEV_CAPA_* flag name. 2337 * 2338 * @param capability 2339 * Capability flag. 2340 * @return 2341 * Capability name or 'UNKNOWN' if the flag cannot be recognized. 2342 */ 2343 __rte_experimental 2344 const char *rte_eth_dev_capability_name(uint64_t capability); 2345 2346 /** 2347 * Configure an Ethernet device. 2348 * This function must be invoked first before any other function in the 2349 * Ethernet API. This function can also be re-invoked when a device is in the 2350 * stopped state. 2351 * 2352 * @param port_id 2353 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device to configure. 2354 * @param nb_rx_queue 2355 * The number of receive queues to set up for the Ethernet device. 2356 * @param nb_tx_queue 2357 * The number of transmit queues to set up for the Ethernet device. 2358 * @param eth_conf 2359 * The pointer to the configuration data to be used for the Ethernet device. 2360 * The *rte_eth_conf* structure includes: 2361 * - the hardware offload features to activate, with dedicated fields for 2362 * each statically configurable offload hardware feature provided by 2363 * Ethernet devices, such as IP checksum or VLAN tag stripping for 2364 * example. 2365 * The Rx offload bitfield API is obsolete and will be deprecated. 2366 * Applications should set the ignore_bitfield_offloads bit on *rxmode* 2367 * structure and use offloads field to set per-port offloads instead. 2368 * - Any offloading set in eth_conf->[rt]xmode.offloads must be within 2369 * the [rt]x_offload_capa returned from rte_eth_dev_info_get(). 2370 * Any type of device supported offloading set in the input argument 2371 * eth_conf->[rt]xmode.offloads to rte_eth_dev_configure() is enabled 2372 * on all queues and it can't be disabled in rte_eth_[rt]x_queue_setup() 2373 * - the Receive Side Scaling (RSS) configuration when using multiple Rx 2374 * queues per port. Any RSS hash function set in eth_conf->rss_conf.rss_hf 2375 * must be within the flow_type_rss_offloads provided by drivers via 2376 * rte_eth_dev_info_get() API. 2377 * 2378 * Embedding all configuration information in a single data structure 2379 * is the more flexible method that allows the addition of new features 2380 * without changing the syntax of the API. 2381 * @return 2382 * - 0: Success, device configured. 2383 * - <0: Error code returned by the driver configuration function. 2384 */ 2385 int rte_eth_dev_configure(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t nb_rx_queue, 2386 uint16_t nb_tx_queue, const struct rte_eth_conf *eth_conf); 2387 2388 /** 2389 * Check if an Ethernet device was physically removed. 2390 * 2391 * @param port_id 2392 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 2393 * @return 2394 * 1 when the Ethernet device is removed, otherwise 0. 2395 */ 2396 int 2397 rte_eth_dev_is_removed(uint16_t port_id); 2398 2399 /** 2400 * Allocate and set up a receive queue for an Ethernet device. 2401 * 2402 * The function allocates a contiguous block of memory for *nb_rx_desc* 2403 * receive descriptors from a memory zone associated with *socket_id* 2404 * and initializes each receive descriptor with a network buffer allocated 2405 * from the memory pool *mb_pool*. 2406 * 2407 * @param port_id 2408 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 2409 * @param rx_queue_id 2410 * The index of the receive queue to set up. 2411 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_rx_queue - 1] previously supplied 2412 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 2413 * @param nb_rx_desc 2414 * The number of receive descriptors to allocate for the receive ring. 2415 * @param socket_id 2416 * The *socket_id* argument is the socket identifier in case of NUMA. 2417 * The value can be *SOCKET_ID_ANY* if there is no NUMA constraint for 2418 * the DMA memory allocated for the receive descriptors of the ring. 2419 * @param rx_conf 2420 * The pointer to the configuration data to be used for the receive queue. 2421 * NULL value is allowed, in which case default Rx configuration 2422 * will be used. 2423 * The *rx_conf* structure contains an *rx_thresh* structure with the values 2424 * of the Prefetch, Host, and Write-Back threshold registers of the receive 2425 * ring. 2426 * In addition it contains the hardware offloads features to activate using 2427 * the RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_* flags. 2428 * If an offloading set in rx_conf->offloads 2429 * hasn't been set in the input argument eth_conf->rxmode.offloads 2430 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(), it is a new added offloading, it must be 2431 * per-queue type and it is enabled for the queue. 2432 * No need to repeat any bit in rx_conf->offloads which has already been 2433 * enabled in rte_eth_dev_configure() at port level. An offloading enabled 2434 * at port level can't be disabled at queue level. 2435 * The configuration structure also contains the pointer to the array 2436 * of the receiving buffer segment descriptions, see rx_seg and rx_nseg 2437 * fields, this extended configuration might be used by split offloads like 2438 * RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_BUFFER_SPLIT. If mb_pool is not NULL, 2439 * the extended configuration fields must be set to NULL and zero. 2440 * @param mb_pool 2441 * The pointer to the memory pool from which to allocate *rte_mbuf* network 2442 * memory buffers to populate each descriptor of the receive ring. There are 2443 * two options to provide Rx buffer configuration: 2444 * - single pool: 2445 * mb_pool is not NULL, rx_conf.rx_nseg is 0. 2446 * - multiple segments description: 2447 * mb_pool is NULL, rx_conf.rx_seg is not NULL, rx_conf.rx_nseg is not 0. 2448 * Taken only if flag RTE_ETH_RX_OFFLOAD_BUFFER_SPLIT is set in offloads. 2449 * 2450 * @return 2451 * - 0: Success, receive queue correctly set up. 2452 * - -EIO: if device is removed. 2453 * - -ENODEV: if *port_id* is invalid. 2454 * - -EINVAL: The memory pool pointer is null or the size of network buffers 2455 * which can be allocated from this memory pool does not fit the various 2456 * buffer sizes allowed by the device controller. 2457 * - -ENOMEM: Unable to allocate the receive ring descriptors or to 2458 * allocate network memory buffers from the memory pool when 2459 * initializing receive descriptors. 2460 */ 2461 int rte_eth_rx_queue_setup(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t rx_queue_id, 2462 uint16_t nb_rx_desc, unsigned int socket_id, 2463 const struct rte_eth_rxconf *rx_conf, 2464 struct rte_mempool *mb_pool); 2465 2466 /** 2467 * @warning 2468 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 2469 * 2470 * Allocate and set up a hairpin receive queue for an Ethernet device. 2471 * 2472 * The function set up the selected queue to be used in hairpin. 2473 * 2474 * @param port_id 2475 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 2476 * @param rx_queue_id 2477 * The index of the receive queue to set up. 2478 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_rx_queue - 1] previously supplied 2479 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 2480 * @param nb_rx_desc 2481 * The number of receive descriptors to allocate for the receive ring. 2482 * 0 means the PMD will use default value. 2483 * @param conf 2484 * The pointer to the hairpin configuration. 2485 * 2486 * @return 2487 * - (0) if successful. 2488 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* is invalid. 2489 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 2490 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 2491 * - (-ENOMEM) if unable to allocate the resources. 2492 */ 2493 __rte_experimental 2494 int rte_eth_rx_hairpin_queue_setup 2495 (uint16_t port_id, uint16_t rx_queue_id, uint16_t nb_rx_desc, 2496 const struct rte_eth_hairpin_conf *conf); 2497 2498 /** 2499 * Allocate and set up a transmit queue for an Ethernet device. 2500 * 2501 * @param port_id 2502 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 2503 * @param tx_queue_id 2504 * The index of the transmit queue to set up. 2505 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_tx_queue - 1] previously supplied 2506 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 2507 * @param nb_tx_desc 2508 * The number of transmit descriptors to allocate for the transmit ring. 2509 * @param socket_id 2510 * The *socket_id* argument is the socket identifier in case of NUMA. 2511 * Its value can be *SOCKET_ID_ANY* if there is no NUMA constraint for 2512 * the DMA memory allocated for the transmit descriptors of the ring. 2513 * @param tx_conf 2514 * The pointer to the configuration data to be used for the transmit queue. 2515 * NULL value is allowed, in which case default Tx configuration 2516 * will be used. 2517 * The *tx_conf* structure contains the following data: 2518 * - The *tx_thresh* structure with the values of the Prefetch, Host, and 2519 * Write-Back threshold registers of the transmit ring. 2520 * When setting Write-Back threshold to the value greater then zero, 2521 * *tx_rs_thresh* value should be explicitly set to one. 2522 * - The *tx_free_thresh* value indicates the [minimum] number of network 2523 * buffers that must be pending in the transmit ring to trigger their 2524 * [implicit] freeing by the driver transmit function. 2525 * - The *tx_rs_thresh* value indicates the [minimum] number of transmit 2526 * descriptors that must be pending in the transmit ring before setting the 2527 * RS bit on a descriptor by the driver transmit function. 2528 * The *tx_rs_thresh* value should be less or equal then 2529 * *tx_free_thresh* value, and both of them should be less then 2530 * *nb_tx_desc* - 3. 2531 * - The *offloads* member contains Tx offloads to be enabled. 2532 * If an offloading set in tx_conf->offloads 2533 * hasn't been set in the input argument eth_conf->txmode.offloads 2534 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(), it is a new added offloading, it must be 2535 * per-queue type and it is enabled for the queue. 2536 * No need to repeat any bit in tx_conf->offloads which has already been 2537 * enabled in rte_eth_dev_configure() at port level. An offloading enabled 2538 * at port level can't be disabled at queue level. 2539 * 2540 * Note that setting *tx_free_thresh* or *tx_rs_thresh* value to 0 forces 2541 * the transmit function to use default values. 2542 * @return 2543 * - 0: Success, the transmit queue is correctly set up. 2544 * - -ENOMEM: Unable to allocate the transmit ring descriptors. 2545 */ 2546 int rte_eth_tx_queue_setup(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t tx_queue_id, 2547 uint16_t nb_tx_desc, unsigned int socket_id, 2548 const struct rte_eth_txconf *tx_conf); 2549 2550 /** 2551 * @warning 2552 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 2553 * 2554 * Allocate and set up a transmit hairpin queue for an Ethernet device. 2555 * 2556 * @param port_id 2557 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 2558 * @param tx_queue_id 2559 * The index of the transmit queue to set up. 2560 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_tx_queue - 1] previously supplied 2561 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 2562 * @param nb_tx_desc 2563 * The number of transmit descriptors to allocate for the transmit ring. 2564 * 0 to set default PMD value. 2565 * @param conf 2566 * The hairpin configuration. 2567 * 2568 * @return 2569 * - (0) if successful. 2570 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* is invalid. 2571 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 2572 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 2573 * - (-ENOMEM) if unable to allocate the resources. 2574 */ 2575 __rte_experimental 2576 int rte_eth_tx_hairpin_queue_setup 2577 (uint16_t port_id, uint16_t tx_queue_id, uint16_t nb_tx_desc, 2578 const struct rte_eth_hairpin_conf *conf); 2579 2580 /** 2581 * @warning 2582 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 2583 * 2584 * Get all the hairpin peer Rx / Tx ports of the current port. 2585 * The caller should ensure that the array is large enough to save the ports 2586 * list. 2587 * 2588 * @param port_id 2589 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 2590 * @param peer_ports 2591 * Pointer to the array to store the peer ports list. 2592 * @param len 2593 * Length of the array to store the port identifiers. 2594 * @param direction 2595 * Current port to peer port direction 2596 * positive - current used as Tx to get all peer Rx ports. 2597 * zero - current used as Rx to get all peer Tx ports. 2598 * 2599 * @return 2600 * - (0 or positive) actual peer ports number. 2601 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 2602 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid 2603 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 2604 * - Others detailed errors from PMDs. 2605 */ 2606 __rte_experimental 2607 int rte_eth_hairpin_get_peer_ports(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t *peer_ports, 2608 size_t len, uint32_t direction); 2609 2610 /** 2611 * @warning 2612 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 2613 * 2614 * Bind all hairpin Tx queues of one port to the Rx queues of the peer port. 2615 * It is only allowed to call this function after all hairpin queues are 2616 * configured properly and the devices are in started state. 2617 * 2618 * @param tx_port 2619 * The identifier of the Tx port. 2620 * @param rx_port 2621 * The identifier of peer Rx port. 2622 * RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS is allowed for the traversal of all devices. 2623 * Rx port ID could have the same value as Tx port ID. 2624 * 2625 * @return 2626 * - (0) if successful. 2627 * - (-ENODEV) if Tx port ID is invalid. 2628 * - (-EBUSY) if device is not in started state. 2629 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 2630 * - Others detailed errors from PMDs. 2631 */ 2632 __rte_experimental 2633 int rte_eth_hairpin_bind(uint16_t tx_port, uint16_t rx_port); 2634 2635 /** 2636 * @warning 2637 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 2638 * 2639 * Unbind all hairpin Tx queues of one port from the Rx queues of the peer port. 2640 * This should be called before closing the Tx or Rx devices, if the bind 2641 * function is called before. 2642 * After unbinding the hairpin ports pair, it is allowed to bind them again. 2643 * Changing queues configuration should be after stopping the device(s). 2644 * 2645 * @param tx_port 2646 * The identifier of the Tx port. 2647 * @param rx_port 2648 * The identifier of peer Rx port. 2649 * RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS is allowed for traversal of all devices. 2650 * Rx port ID could have the same value as Tx port ID. 2651 * 2652 * @return 2653 * - (0) if successful. 2654 * - (-ENODEV) if Tx port ID is invalid. 2655 * - (-EBUSY) if device is in stopped state. 2656 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 2657 * - Others detailed errors from PMDs. 2658 */ 2659 __rte_experimental 2660 int rte_eth_hairpin_unbind(uint16_t tx_port, uint16_t rx_port); 2661 2662 /** 2663 * @warning 2664 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice. 2665 * 2666 * Get the number of aggregated ports of the DPDK port (specified with port_id). 2667 * It is used when multiple ports are aggregated into a single one. 2668 * 2669 * For the regular physical port doesn't have aggregated ports, 2670 * the number of aggregated ports is reported as 0. 2671 * 2672 * @param port_id 2673 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 2674 * @return 2675 * - (>=0) the number of aggregated port if success. 2676 */ 2677 __rte_experimental 2678 int rte_eth_dev_count_aggr_ports(uint16_t port_id); 2679 2680 /** 2681 * @warning 2682 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice. 2683 * 2684 * Map a Tx queue with an aggregated port of the DPDK port (specified with port_id). 2685 * When multiple ports are aggregated into a single one, 2686 * it allows to choose which port to use for Tx via a queue. 2687 * 2688 * The application should use rte_eth_dev_map_aggr_tx_affinity() 2689 * after rte_eth_dev_configure(), rte_eth_tx_queue_setup(), and 2690 * before rte_eth_dev_start(). 2691 * 2692 * @param port_id 2693 * The identifier of the port used in rte_eth_tx_burst(). 2694 * @param tx_queue_id 2695 * The index of the transmit queue used in rte_eth_tx_burst(). 2696 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_tx_queue - 1] previously supplied 2697 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 2698 * @param affinity 2699 * The number of the aggregated port. 2700 * Value 0 means no affinity and traffic could be routed to any aggregated port. 2701 * The first aggregated port is number 1 and so on. 2702 * The maximum number is given by rte_eth_dev_count_aggr_ports(). 2703 * 2704 * @return 2705 * Zero if successful. Non-zero otherwise. 2706 */ 2707 __rte_experimental 2708 int rte_eth_dev_map_aggr_tx_affinity(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t tx_queue_id, 2709 uint8_t affinity); 2710 2711 /** 2712 * Return the NUMA socket to which an Ethernet device is connected 2713 * 2714 * @param port_id 2715 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device 2716 * @return 2717 * - The NUMA socket ID which the Ethernet device is connected to. 2718 * - -1 (which translates to SOCKET_ID_ANY) if the socket could not be 2719 * determined. rte_errno is then set to: 2720 * - EINVAL is the port_id is invalid, 2721 * - 0 is the socket could not be determined, 2722 */ 2723 int rte_eth_dev_socket_id(uint16_t port_id); 2724 2725 /** 2726 * Check if port_id of device is attached 2727 * 2728 * @param port_id 2729 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device 2730 * @return 2731 * - 0 if port is out of range or not attached 2732 * - 1 if device is attached 2733 */ 2734 int rte_eth_dev_is_valid_port(uint16_t port_id); 2735 2736 /** 2737 * @warning 2738 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice. 2739 * 2740 * Check if Rx queue is valid. 2741 * If the queue has been setup, it is considered valid. 2742 * 2743 * @param port_id 2744 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 2745 * @param queue_id 2746 * The index of the receive queue. 2747 * @return 2748 * - -ENODEV: if port_id is invalid. 2749 * - -EINVAL: if queue_id is out of range or queue has not been setup. 2750 * - 0 if Rx queue is valid. 2751 */ 2752 __rte_experimental 2753 int rte_eth_rx_queue_is_valid(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id); 2754 2755 /** 2756 * @warning 2757 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice. 2758 * 2759 * Check if Tx queue is valid. 2760 * If the queue has been setup, it is considered valid. 2761 * 2762 * @param port_id 2763 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 2764 * @param queue_id 2765 * The index of the transmit queue. 2766 * @return 2767 * - -ENODEV: if port_id is invalid. 2768 * - -EINVAL: if queue_id is out of range or queue has not been setup. 2769 * - 0 if Tx queue is valid. 2770 */ 2771 __rte_experimental 2772 int rte_eth_tx_queue_is_valid(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id); 2773 2774 /** 2775 * Start specified Rx queue of a port. It is used when rx_deferred_start 2776 * flag of the specified queue is true. 2777 * 2778 * @param port_id 2779 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device 2780 * @param rx_queue_id 2781 * The index of the Rx queue to update the ring. 2782 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_rx_queue - 1] previously supplied 2783 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 2784 * @return 2785 * - 0: Success, the receive queue is started. 2786 * - -ENODEV: if *port_id* is invalid. 2787 * - -EINVAL: The queue_id out of range or belong to hairpin. 2788 * - -EIO: if device is removed. 2789 * - -ENOTSUP: The function not supported in PMD. 2790 */ 2791 int rte_eth_dev_rx_queue_start(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t rx_queue_id); 2792 2793 /** 2794 * Stop specified Rx queue of a port 2795 * 2796 * @param port_id 2797 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device 2798 * @param rx_queue_id 2799 * The index of the Rx queue to update the ring. 2800 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_rx_queue - 1] previously supplied 2801 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 2802 * @return 2803 * - 0: Success, the receive queue is stopped. 2804 * - -ENODEV: if *port_id* is invalid. 2805 * - -EINVAL: The queue_id out of range or belong to hairpin. 2806 * - -EIO: if device is removed. 2807 * - -ENOTSUP: The function not supported in PMD. 2808 */ 2809 int rte_eth_dev_rx_queue_stop(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t rx_queue_id); 2810 2811 /** 2812 * Start Tx for specified queue of a port. It is used when tx_deferred_start 2813 * flag of the specified queue is true. 2814 * 2815 * @param port_id 2816 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device 2817 * @param tx_queue_id 2818 * The index of the Tx queue to update the ring. 2819 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_tx_queue - 1] previously supplied 2820 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 2821 * @return 2822 * - 0: Success, the transmit queue is started. 2823 * - -ENODEV: if *port_id* is invalid. 2824 * - -EINVAL: The queue_id out of range or belong to hairpin. 2825 * - -EIO: if device is removed. 2826 * - -ENOTSUP: The function not supported in PMD. 2827 */ 2828 int rte_eth_dev_tx_queue_start(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t tx_queue_id); 2829 2830 /** 2831 * Stop specified Tx queue of a port 2832 * 2833 * @param port_id 2834 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device 2835 * @param tx_queue_id 2836 * The index of the Tx queue to update the ring. 2837 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_tx_queue - 1] previously supplied 2838 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 2839 * @return 2840 * - 0: Success, the transmit queue is stopped. 2841 * - -ENODEV: if *port_id* is invalid. 2842 * - -EINVAL: The queue_id out of range or belong to hairpin. 2843 * - -EIO: if device is removed. 2844 * - -ENOTSUP: The function not supported in PMD. 2845 */ 2846 int rte_eth_dev_tx_queue_stop(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t tx_queue_id); 2847 2848 /** 2849 * Start an Ethernet device. 2850 * 2851 * The device start step is the last one and consists of setting the configured 2852 * offload features and in starting the transmit and the receive units of the 2853 * device. 2854 * 2855 * Device RTE_ETH_DEV_NOLIVE_MAC_ADDR flag causes MAC address to be set before 2856 * PMD port start callback function is invoked. 2857 * 2858 * All device queues (except form deferred start queues) status should be 2859 * `RTE_ETH_QUEUE_STATE_STARTED` after start. 2860 * 2861 * On success, all basic functions exported by the Ethernet API (link status, 2862 * receive/transmit, and so on) can be invoked. 2863 * 2864 * @param port_id 2865 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 2866 * @return 2867 * - 0: Success, Ethernet device started. 2868 * - -EAGAIN: If start operation must be retried. 2869 * - <0: Error code of the driver device start function. 2870 */ 2871 int rte_eth_dev_start(uint16_t port_id); 2872 2873 /** 2874 * Stop an Ethernet device. The device can be restarted with a call to 2875 * rte_eth_dev_start() 2876 * 2877 * All device queues status should be `RTE_ETH_QUEUE_STATE_STOPPED` after stop. 2878 * 2879 * @param port_id 2880 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 2881 * @return 2882 * - 0: Success, Ethernet device stopped. 2883 * - -EBUSY: If stopping the port is not allowed in current state. 2884 * - <0: Error code of the driver device stop function. 2885 */ 2886 int rte_eth_dev_stop(uint16_t port_id); 2887 2888 /** 2889 * Link up an Ethernet device. 2890 * 2891 * Set device link up will re-enable the device Rx/Tx 2892 * functionality after it is previously set device linked down. 2893 * 2894 * @param port_id 2895 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 2896 * @return 2897 * - 0: Success, Ethernet device linked up. 2898 * - <0: Error code of the driver device link up function. 2899 */ 2900 int rte_eth_dev_set_link_up(uint16_t port_id); 2901 2902 /** 2903 * Link down an Ethernet device. 2904 * The device Rx/Tx functionality will be disabled if success, 2905 * and it can be re-enabled with a call to 2906 * rte_eth_dev_set_link_up() 2907 * 2908 * @param port_id 2909 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 2910 */ 2911 int rte_eth_dev_set_link_down(uint16_t port_id); 2912 2913 /** 2914 * Close a stopped Ethernet device. The device cannot be restarted! 2915 * The function frees all port resources. 2916 * 2917 * @param port_id 2918 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 2919 * @return 2920 * - Zero if the port is closed successfully. 2921 * - Negative if something went wrong. 2922 */ 2923 int rte_eth_dev_close(uint16_t port_id); 2924 2925 /** 2926 * Reset a Ethernet device and keep its port ID. 2927 * 2928 * When a port has to be reset passively, the DPDK application can invoke 2929 * this function. For example when a PF is reset, all its VFs should also 2930 * be reset. Normally a DPDK application can invoke this function when 2931 * RTE_ETH_EVENT_INTR_RESET event is detected, but can also use it to start 2932 * a port reset in other circumstances. 2933 * 2934 * When this function is called, it first stops the port and then calls the 2935 * PMD specific dev_uninit( ) and dev_init( ) to return the port to initial 2936 * state, in which no Tx and Rx queues are setup, as if the port has been 2937 * reset and not started. The port keeps the port ID it had before the 2938 * function call. 2939 * 2940 * After calling rte_eth_dev_reset( ), the application should use 2941 * rte_eth_dev_configure( ), rte_eth_rx_queue_setup( ), 2942 * rte_eth_tx_queue_setup( ), and rte_eth_dev_start( ) 2943 * to reconfigure the device as appropriate. 2944 * 2945 * Note: To avoid unexpected behavior, the application should stop calling 2946 * Tx and Rx functions before calling rte_eth_dev_reset( ). For thread 2947 * safety, all these controlling functions should be called from the same 2948 * thread. 2949 * 2950 * @param port_id 2951 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 2952 * 2953 * @return 2954 * - (0) if successful. 2955 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* is invalid. 2956 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support this function. 2957 * - (-EPERM) if not ran from the primary process. 2958 * - (-EIO) if re-initialisation failed or device is removed. 2959 * - (-ENOMEM) if the reset failed due to OOM. 2960 * - (-EAGAIN) if the reset temporarily failed and should be retried later. 2961 */ 2962 int rte_eth_dev_reset(uint16_t port_id); 2963 2964 /** 2965 * Enable receipt in promiscuous mode for an Ethernet device. 2966 * 2967 * @param port_id 2968 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 2969 * @return 2970 * - (0) if successful. 2971 * - (-ENOTSUP) if support for promiscuous_enable() does not exist 2972 * for the device. 2973 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 2974 */ 2975 int rte_eth_promiscuous_enable(uint16_t port_id); 2976 2977 /** 2978 * Disable receipt in promiscuous mode for an Ethernet device. 2979 * 2980 * @param port_id 2981 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 2982 * @return 2983 * - (0) if successful. 2984 * - (-ENOTSUP) if support for promiscuous_disable() does not exist 2985 * for the device. 2986 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 2987 */ 2988 int rte_eth_promiscuous_disable(uint16_t port_id); 2989 2990 /** 2991 * Return the value of promiscuous mode for an Ethernet device. 2992 * 2993 * @param port_id 2994 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 2995 * @return 2996 * - (1) if promiscuous is enabled 2997 * - (0) if promiscuous is disabled. 2998 * - (-1) on error 2999 */ 3000 int rte_eth_promiscuous_get(uint16_t port_id); 3001 3002 /** 3003 * Enable the receipt of any multicast frame by an Ethernet device. 3004 * 3005 * @param port_id 3006 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3007 * @return 3008 * - (0) if successful. 3009 * - (-ENOTSUP) if support for allmulticast_enable() does not exist 3010 * for the device. 3011 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3012 */ 3013 int rte_eth_allmulticast_enable(uint16_t port_id); 3014 3015 /** 3016 * Disable the receipt of all multicast frames by an Ethernet device. 3017 * 3018 * @param port_id 3019 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3020 * @return 3021 * - (0) if successful. 3022 * - (-ENOTSUP) if support for allmulticast_disable() does not exist 3023 * for the device. 3024 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3025 */ 3026 int rte_eth_allmulticast_disable(uint16_t port_id); 3027 3028 /** 3029 * Return the value of allmulticast mode for an Ethernet device. 3030 * 3031 * @param port_id 3032 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3033 * @return 3034 * - (1) if allmulticast is enabled 3035 * - (0) if allmulticast is disabled. 3036 * - (-1) on error 3037 */ 3038 int rte_eth_allmulticast_get(uint16_t port_id); 3039 3040 /** 3041 * Retrieve the link status (up/down), the duplex mode (half/full), 3042 * the negotiation (auto/fixed), and if available, the speed (Mbps). 3043 * 3044 * It might need to wait up to 9 seconds. 3045 * @see rte_eth_link_get_nowait. 3046 * 3047 * @param port_id 3048 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3049 * @param link 3050 * Link information written back. 3051 * @return 3052 * - (0) if successful. 3053 * - (-ENOTSUP) if the function is not supported in PMD. 3054 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3055 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 3056 */ 3057 int rte_eth_link_get(uint16_t port_id, struct rte_eth_link *link); 3058 3059 /** 3060 * Retrieve the link status (up/down), the duplex mode (half/full), 3061 * the negotiation (auto/fixed), and if available, the speed (Mbps). 3062 * 3063 * @param port_id 3064 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3065 * @param link 3066 * Link information written back. 3067 * @return 3068 * - (0) if successful. 3069 * - (-ENOTSUP) if the function is not supported in PMD. 3070 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3071 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 3072 */ 3073 int rte_eth_link_get_nowait(uint16_t port_id, struct rte_eth_link *link); 3074 3075 /** 3076 * @warning 3077 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice. 3078 * 3079 * The function converts a link_speed to a string. It handles all special 3080 * values like unknown or none speed. 3081 * 3082 * @param link_speed 3083 * link_speed of rte_eth_link struct 3084 * @return 3085 * Link speed in textual format. It's pointer to immutable memory. 3086 * No free is required. 3087 */ 3088 __rte_experimental 3089 const char *rte_eth_link_speed_to_str(uint32_t link_speed); 3090 3091 /** 3092 * @warning 3093 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice. 3094 * 3095 * The function converts a rte_eth_link struct representing a link status to 3096 * a string. 3097 * 3098 * @param str 3099 * A pointer to a string to be filled with textual representation of 3100 * device status. At least RTE_ETH_LINK_MAX_STR_LEN bytes should be allocated to 3101 * store default link status text. 3102 * @param len 3103 * Length of available memory at 'str' string. 3104 * @param eth_link 3105 * Link status returned by rte_eth_link_get function 3106 * @return 3107 * Number of bytes written to str array or -EINVAL if bad parameter. 3108 */ 3109 __rte_experimental 3110 int rte_eth_link_to_str(char *str, size_t len, 3111 const struct rte_eth_link *eth_link); 3112 3113 /** 3114 * Retrieve the general I/O statistics of an Ethernet device. 3115 * 3116 * @param port_id 3117 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3118 * @param stats 3119 * A pointer to a structure of type *rte_eth_stats* to be filled with 3120 * the values of device counters for the following set of statistics: 3121 * - *ipackets* with the total of successfully received packets. 3122 * - *opackets* with the total of successfully transmitted packets. 3123 * - *ibytes* with the total of successfully received bytes. 3124 * - *obytes* with the total of successfully transmitted bytes. 3125 * - *ierrors* with the total of erroneous received packets. 3126 * - *oerrors* with the total of failed transmitted packets. 3127 * @return 3128 * Zero if successful. Non-zero otherwise. 3129 */ 3130 int rte_eth_stats_get(uint16_t port_id, struct rte_eth_stats *stats); 3131 3132 /** 3133 * Reset the general I/O statistics of an Ethernet device. 3134 * 3135 * @param port_id 3136 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3137 * @return 3138 * - (0) if device notified to reset stats. 3139 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 3140 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3141 * - (<0): Error code of the driver stats reset function. 3142 */ 3143 int rte_eth_stats_reset(uint16_t port_id); 3144 3145 /** 3146 * Retrieve names of extended statistics of an Ethernet device. 3147 * 3148 * There is an assumption that 'xstat_names' and 'xstats' arrays are matched 3149 * by array index: 3150 * xstats_names[i].name => xstats[i].value 3151 * 3152 * And the array index is same with id field of 'struct rte_eth_xstat': 3153 * xstats[i].id == i 3154 * 3155 * This assumption makes key-value pair matching less flexible but simpler. 3156 * 3157 * @param port_id 3158 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3159 * @param xstats_names 3160 * An rte_eth_xstat_name array of at least *size* elements to 3161 * be filled. If set to NULL, the function returns the required number 3162 * of elements. 3163 * @param size 3164 * The size of the xstats_names array (number of elements). 3165 * @return 3166 * - A positive value lower or equal to size: success. The return value 3167 * is the number of entries filled in the stats table. 3168 * - A positive value higher than size: error, the given statistics table 3169 * is too small. The return value corresponds to the size that should 3170 * be given to succeed. The entries in the table are not valid and 3171 * shall not be used by the caller. 3172 * - A negative value on error (invalid port ID). 3173 */ 3174 int rte_eth_xstats_get_names(uint16_t port_id, 3175 struct rte_eth_xstat_name *xstats_names, 3176 unsigned int size); 3177 3178 /** 3179 * Retrieve extended statistics of an Ethernet device. 3180 * 3181 * There is an assumption that 'xstat_names' and 'xstats' arrays are matched 3182 * by array index: 3183 * xstats_names[i].name => xstats[i].value 3184 * 3185 * And the array index is same with id field of 'struct rte_eth_xstat': 3186 * xstats[i].id == i 3187 * 3188 * This assumption makes key-value pair matching less flexible but simpler. 3189 * 3190 * @param port_id 3191 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3192 * @param xstats 3193 * A pointer to a table of structure of type *rte_eth_xstat* 3194 * to be filled with device statistics ids and values. 3195 * This parameter can be set to NULL if and only if n is 0. 3196 * @param n 3197 * The size of the xstats array (number of elements). 3198 * If lower than the required number of elements, the function returns 3199 * the required number of elements. 3200 * If equal to zero, the xstats must be NULL, the function returns the 3201 * required number of elements. 3202 * @return 3203 * - A positive value lower or equal to n: success. The return value 3204 * is the number of entries filled in the stats table. 3205 * - A positive value higher than n: error, the given statistics table 3206 * is too small. The return value corresponds to the size that should 3207 * be given to succeed. The entries in the table are not valid and 3208 * shall not be used by the caller. 3209 * - A negative value on error (invalid port ID). 3210 */ 3211 int rte_eth_xstats_get(uint16_t port_id, struct rte_eth_xstat *xstats, 3212 unsigned int n); 3213 3214 /** 3215 * Retrieve names of extended statistics of an Ethernet device. 3216 * 3217 * @param port_id 3218 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3219 * @param xstats_names 3220 * Array to be filled in with names of requested device statistics. 3221 * Must not be NULL if @p ids are specified (not NULL). 3222 * @param size 3223 * Number of elements in @p xstats_names array (if not NULL) and in 3224 * @p ids array (if not NULL). Must be 0 if both array pointers are NULL. 3225 * @param ids 3226 * IDs array given by app to retrieve specific statistics. May be NULL to 3227 * retrieve names of all available statistics or, if @p xstats_names is 3228 * NULL as well, just the number of available statistics. 3229 * @return 3230 * - A positive value lower or equal to size: success. The return value 3231 * is the number of entries filled in the stats table. 3232 * - A positive value higher than size: success. The given statistics table 3233 * is too small. The return value corresponds to the size that should 3234 * be given to succeed. The entries in the table are not valid and 3235 * shall not be used by the caller. 3236 * - A negative value on error. 3237 */ 3238 int 3239 rte_eth_xstats_get_names_by_id(uint16_t port_id, 3240 struct rte_eth_xstat_name *xstats_names, unsigned int size, 3241 uint64_t *ids); 3242 3243 /** 3244 * Retrieve extended statistics of an Ethernet device. 3245 * 3246 * @param port_id 3247 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3248 * @param ids 3249 * IDs array given by app to retrieve specific statistics. May be NULL to 3250 * retrieve all available statistics or, if @p values is NULL as well, 3251 * just the number of available statistics. 3252 * @param values 3253 * Array to be filled in with requested device statistics. 3254 * Must not be NULL if ids are specified (not NULL). 3255 * @param size 3256 * Number of elements in @p values array (if not NULL) and in @p ids 3257 * array (if not NULL). Must be 0 if both array pointers are NULL. 3258 * @return 3259 * - A positive value lower or equal to size: success. The return value 3260 * is the number of entries filled in the stats table. 3261 * - A positive value higher than size: success: The given statistics table 3262 * is too small. The return value corresponds to the size that should 3263 * be given to succeed. The entries in the table are not valid and 3264 * shall not be used by the caller. 3265 * - A negative value on error. 3266 */ 3267 int rte_eth_xstats_get_by_id(uint16_t port_id, const uint64_t *ids, 3268 uint64_t *values, unsigned int size); 3269 3270 /** 3271 * Gets the ID of a statistic from its name. 3272 * 3273 * This function searches for the statistics using string compares, and 3274 * as such should not be used on the fast-path. For fast-path retrieval of 3275 * specific statistics, store the ID as provided in *id* from this function, 3276 * and pass the ID to rte_eth_xstats_get() 3277 * 3278 * @param port_id The port to look up statistics from 3279 * @param xstat_name The name of the statistic to return 3280 * @param[out] id A pointer to an app-supplied uint64_t which should be 3281 * set to the ID of the stat if the stat exists. 3282 * @return 3283 * 0 on success 3284 * -ENODEV for invalid port_id, 3285 * -EIO if device is removed, 3286 * -EINVAL if the xstat_name doesn't exist in port_id 3287 * -ENOMEM if bad parameter. 3288 */ 3289 int rte_eth_xstats_get_id_by_name(uint16_t port_id, const char *xstat_name, 3290 uint64_t *id); 3291 3292 /** 3293 * Reset extended statistics of an Ethernet device. 3294 * 3295 * @param port_id 3296 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3297 * @return 3298 * - (0) if device notified to reset extended stats. 3299 * - (-ENOTSUP) if pmd doesn't support both 3300 * extended stats and basic stats reset. 3301 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3302 * - (<0): Error code of the driver xstats reset function. 3303 */ 3304 int rte_eth_xstats_reset(uint16_t port_id); 3305 3306 /** 3307 * Set a mapping for the specified transmit queue to the specified per-queue 3308 * statistics counter. 3309 * 3310 * @param port_id 3311 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3312 * @param tx_queue_id 3313 * The index of the transmit queue for which a queue stats mapping is required. 3314 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_tx_queue - 1] previously supplied 3315 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 3316 * @param stat_idx 3317 * The per-queue packet statistics functionality number that the transmit 3318 * queue is to be assigned. 3319 * The value must be in the range [0, RTE_ETHDEV_QUEUE_STAT_CNTRS - 1]. 3320 * Max RTE_ETHDEV_QUEUE_STAT_CNTRS being 256. 3321 * @return 3322 * Zero if successful. Non-zero otherwise. 3323 */ 3324 int rte_eth_dev_set_tx_queue_stats_mapping(uint16_t port_id, 3325 uint16_t tx_queue_id, uint8_t stat_idx); 3326 3327 /** 3328 * Set a mapping for the specified receive queue to the specified per-queue 3329 * statistics counter. 3330 * 3331 * @param port_id 3332 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3333 * @param rx_queue_id 3334 * The index of the receive queue for which a queue stats mapping is required. 3335 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_rx_queue - 1] previously supplied 3336 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 3337 * @param stat_idx 3338 * The per-queue packet statistics functionality number that the receive 3339 * queue is to be assigned. 3340 * The value must be in the range [0, RTE_ETHDEV_QUEUE_STAT_CNTRS - 1]. 3341 * Max RTE_ETHDEV_QUEUE_STAT_CNTRS being 256. 3342 * @return 3343 * Zero if successful. Non-zero otherwise. 3344 */ 3345 int rte_eth_dev_set_rx_queue_stats_mapping(uint16_t port_id, 3346 uint16_t rx_queue_id, 3347 uint8_t stat_idx); 3348 3349 /** 3350 * Retrieve the Ethernet address of an Ethernet device. 3351 * 3352 * @param port_id 3353 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3354 * @param mac_addr 3355 * A pointer to a structure of type *ether_addr* to be filled with 3356 * the Ethernet address of the Ethernet device. 3357 * @return 3358 * - (0) if successful 3359 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3360 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 3361 */ 3362 int rte_eth_macaddr_get(uint16_t port_id, struct rte_ether_addr *mac_addr); 3363 3364 /** 3365 * @warning 3366 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice 3367 * 3368 * Retrieve the Ethernet addresses of an Ethernet device. 3369 * 3370 * @param port_id 3371 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3372 * @param ma 3373 * A pointer to an array of structures of type *ether_addr* to be filled with 3374 * the Ethernet addresses of the Ethernet device. 3375 * @param num 3376 * Number of elements in the @p ma array. 3377 * Note that rte_eth_dev_info::max_mac_addrs can be used to retrieve 3378 * max number of Ethernet addresses for given port. 3379 * @return 3380 * - number of retrieved addresses if successful 3381 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3382 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 3383 */ 3384 __rte_experimental 3385 int rte_eth_macaddrs_get(uint16_t port_id, struct rte_ether_addr *ma, 3386 unsigned int num); 3387 3388 /** 3389 * Retrieve the contextual information of an Ethernet device. 3390 * 3391 * This function returns the Ethernet device information based 3392 * on the values stored internally in the device specific data. 3393 * For example: number of queues, descriptor limits, device 3394 * capabilities and offload flags. 3395 * 3396 * @param port_id 3397 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3398 * @param dev_info 3399 * A pointer to a structure of type *rte_eth_dev_info* to be filled with 3400 * the contextual information of the Ethernet device. 3401 * @return 3402 * - (0) if successful. 3403 * - (-ENOTSUP) if support for dev_infos_get() does not exist for the device. 3404 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3405 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 3406 */ 3407 int rte_eth_dev_info_get(uint16_t port_id, struct rte_eth_dev_info *dev_info); 3408 3409 /** 3410 * @warning 3411 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice. 3412 * 3413 * Retrieve the configuration of an Ethernet device. 3414 * 3415 * @param port_id 3416 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3417 * @param dev_conf 3418 * Location for Ethernet device configuration to be filled in. 3419 * @return 3420 * - (0) if successful. 3421 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3422 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 3423 */ 3424 __rte_experimental 3425 int rte_eth_dev_conf_get(uint16_t port_id, struct rte_eth_conf *dev_conf); 3426 3427 /** 3428 * Retrieve the firmware version of a device. 3429 * 3430 * @param port_id 3431 * The port identifier of the device. 3432 * @param fw_version 3433 * A pointer to a string array storing the firmware version of a device, 3434 * the string includes terminating null. This pointer is allocated by caller. 3435 * @param fw_size 3436 * The size of the string array pointed by fw_version, which should be 3437 * large enough to store firmware version of the device. 3438 * @return 3439 * - (0) if successful. 3440 * - (-ENOTSUP) if operation is not supported. 3441 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3442 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 3443 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 3444 * - (>0) if *fw_size* is not enough to store firmware version, return 3445 * the size of the non truncated string. 3446 */ 3447 int rte_eth_dev_fw_version_get(uint16_t port_id, 3448 char *fw_version, size_t fw_size); 3449 3450 /** 3451 * Retrieve the supported packet types of an Ethernet device. 3452 * 3453 * When a packet type is announced as supported, it *must* be recognized by 3454 * the PMD. For instance, if RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER, RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER_VLAN 3455 * and RTE_PTYPE_L3_IPV4 are announced, the PMD must return the following 3456 * packet types for these packets: 3457 * - Ether/IPv4 -> RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER | RTE_PTYPE_L3_IPV4 3458 * - Ether/VLAN/IPv4 -> RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER_VLAN | RTE_PTYPE_L3_IPV4 3459 * - Ether/[anything else] -> RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER 3460 * - Ether/VLAN/[anything else] -> RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER_VLAN 3461 * 3462 * When a packet is received by a PMD, the most precise type must be 3463 * returned among the ones supported. However a PMD is allowed to set 3464 * packet type that is not in the supported list, at the condition that it 3465 * is more precise. Therefore, a PMD announcing no supported packet types 3466 * can still set a matching packet type in a received packet. 3467 * 3468 * @note 3469 * Better to invoke this API after the device is already started or Rx burst 3470 * function is decided, to obtain correct supported ptypes. 3471 * @note 3472 * if a given PMD does not report what ptypes it supports, then the supported 3473 * ptype count is reported as 0. 3474 * @param port_id 3475 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3476 * @param ptype_mask 3477 * A hint of what kind of packet type which the caller is interested in. 3478 * @param ptypes 3479 * An array pointer to store adequate packet types, allocated by caller. 3480 * @param num 3481 * Size of the array pointed by param ptypes. 3482 * @return 3483 * - (>=0) Number of supported ptypes. If the number of types exceeds num, 3484 * only num entries will be filled into the ptypes array, but the full 3485 * count of supported ptypes will be returned. 3486 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3487 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 3488 */ 3489 int rte_eth_dev_get_supported_ptypes(uint16_t port_id, uint32_t ptype_mask, 3490 uint32_t *ptypes, int num); 3491 /** 3492 * Inform Ethernet device about reduced range of packet types to handle. 3493 * 3494 * Application can use this function to set only specific ptypes that it's 3495 * interested. This information can be used by the PMD to optimize Rx path. 3496 * 3497 * The function accepts an array `set_ptypes` allocated by the caller to 3498 * store the packet types set by the driver, the last element of the array 3499 * is set to RTE_PTYPE_UNKNOWN. The size of the `set_ptype` array should be 3500 * `rte_eth_dev_get_supported_ptypes() + 1` else it might only be filled 3501 * partially. 3502 * 3503 * @param port_id 3504 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3505 * @param ptype_mask 3506 * The ptype family that application is interested in should be bitwise OR of 3507 * RTE_PTYPE_*_MASK or 0. 3508 * @param set_ptypes 3509 * An array pointer to store set packet types, allocated by caller. The 3510 * function marks the end of array with RTE_PTYPE_UNKNOWN. 3511 * @param num 3512 * Size of the array pointed by param ptypes. 3513 * Should be rte_eth_dev_get_supported_ptypes() + 1 to accommodate the 3514 * set ptypes. 3515 * @return 3516 * - (0) if Success. 3517 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3518 * - (-EINVAL) if *ptype_mask* is invalid (or) set_ptypes is NULL and 3519 * num > 0. 3520 */ 3521 int rte_eth_dev_set_ptypes(uint16_t port_id, uint32_t ptype_mask, 3522 uint32_t *set_ptypes, unsigned int num); 3523 3524 /** 3525 * Retrieve the MTU of an Ethernet device. 3526 * 3527 * @param port_id 3528 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3529 * @param mtu 3530 * A pointer to a uint16_t where the retrieved MTU is to be stored. 3531 * @return 3532 * - (0) if successful. 3533 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3534 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 3535 */ 3536 int rte_eth_dev_get_mtu(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t *mtu); 3537 3538 /** 3539 * Change the MTU of an Ethernet device. 3540 * 3541 * @param port_id 3542 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3543 * @param mtu 3544 * A uint16_t for the MTU to be applied. 3545 * @return 3546 * - (0) if successful. 3547 * - (-ENOTSUP) if operation is not supported. 3548 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3549 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 3550 * - (-EINVAL) if *mtu* invalid, validation of mtu can occur within 3551 * rte_eth_dev_set_mtu if dev_infos_get is supported by the device or 3552 * when the mtu is set using dev->dev_ops->mtu_set. 3553 * - (-EBUSY) if operation is not allowed when the port is running 3554 */ 3555 int rte_eth_dev_set_mtu(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t mtu); 3556 3557 /** 3558 * Enable/Disable hardware filtering by an Ethernet device of received 3559 * VLAN packets tagged with a given VLAN Tag Identifier. 3560 * 3561 * @param port_id 3562 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3563 * @param vlan_id 3564 * The VLAN Tag Identifier whose filtering must be enabled or disabled. 3565 * @param on 3566 * If > 0, enable VLAN filtering of VLAN packets tagged with *vlan_id*. 3567 * Otherwise, disable VLAN filtering of VLAN packets tagged with *vlan_id*. 3568 * @return 3569 * - (0) if successful. 3570 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware-assisted VLAN filtering not configured. 3571 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3572 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 3573 * - (-ENOSYS) if VLAN filtering on *port_id* disabled. 3574 * - (-EINVAL) if *vlan_id* > 4095. 3575 */ 3576 int rte_eth_dev_vlan_filter(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t vlan_id, int on); 3577 3578 /** 3579 * Enable/Disable hardware VLAN Strip by a Rx queue of an Ethernet device. 3580 * 3581 * @param port_id 3582 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3583 * @param rx_queue_id 3584 * The index of the receive queue for which a queue stats mapping is required. 3585 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_rx_queue - 1] previously supplied 3586 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 3587 * @param on 3588 * If 1, Enable VLAN Stripping of the receive queue of the Ethernet port. 3589 * If 0, Disable VLAN Stripping of the receive queue of the Ethernet port. 3590 * @return 3591 * - (0) if successful. 3592 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware-assisted VLAN stripping not configured. 3593 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3594 * - (-EINVAL) if *rx_queue_id* invalid. 3595 */ 3596 int rte_eth_dev_set_vlan_strip_on_queue(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t rx_queue_id, 3597 int on); 3598 3599 /** 3600 * Set the Outer VLAN Ether Type by an Ethernet device, it can be inserted to 3601 * the VLAN header. 3602 * 3603 * @param port_id 3604 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3605 * @param vlan_type 3606 * The VLAN type. 3607 * @param tag_type 3608 * The Tag Protocol ID 3609 * @return 3610 * - (0) if successful. 3611 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware-assisted VLAN TPID setup is not supported. 3612 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3613 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 3614 */ 3615 int rte_eth_dev_set_vlan_ether_type(uint16_t port_id, 3616 enum rte_vlan_type vlan_type, 3617 uint16_t tag_type); 3618 3619 /** 3620 * Set VLAN offload configuration on an Ethernet device. 3621 * 3622 * @param port_id 3623 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3624 * @param offload_mask 3625 * The VLAN Offload bit mask can be mixed use with "OR" 3626 * RTE_ETH_VLAN_STRIP_OFFLOAD 3627 * RTE_ETH_VLAN_FILTER_OFFLOAD 3628 * RTE_ETH_VLAN_EXTEND_OFFLOAD 3629 * RTE_ETH_QINQ_STRIP_OFFLOAD 3630 * @return 3631 * - (0) if successful. 3632 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware-assisted VLAN filtering not configured. 3633 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3634 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 3635 */ 3636 int rte_eth_dev_set_vlan_offload(uint16_t port_id, int offload_mask); 3637 3638 /** 3639 * Read VLAN Offload configuration from an Ethernet device 3640 * 3641 * @param port_id 3642 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3643 * @return 3644 * - (>0) if successful. Bit mask to indicate 3645 * RTE_ETH_VLAN_STRIP_OFFLOAD 3646 * RTE_ETH_VLAN_FILTER_OFFLOAD 3647 * RTE_ETH_VLAN_EXTEND_OFFLOAD 3648 * RTE_ETH_QINQ_STRIP_OFFLOAD 3649 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 3650 */ 3651 int rte_eth_dev_get_vlan_offload(uint16_t port_id); 3652 3653 /** 3654 * Set port based Tx VLAN insertion on or off. 3655 * 3656 * @param port_id 3657 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3658 * @param pvid 3659 * Port based Tx VLAN identifier together with user priority. 3660 * @param on 3661 * Turn on or off the port based Tx VLAN insertion. 3662 * 3663 * @return 3664 * - (0) if successful. 3665 * - negative if failed. 3666 */ 3667 int rte_eth_dev_set_vlan_pvid(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t pvid, int on); 3668 3669 /** 3670 * @warning 3671 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice. 3672 * 3673 * Set Rx queue available descriptors threshold. 3674 * 3675 * @param port_id 3676 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3677 * @param queue_id 3678 * The index of the receive queue. 3679 * @param avail_thresh 3680 * The available descriptors threshold is percentage of Rx queue size 3681 * which describes the availability of Rx queue for hardware. 3682 * If the Rx queue availability is below it, 3683 * the event RTE_ETH_EVENT_RX_AVAIL_THRESH is triggered. 3684 * [1-99] to set a new available descriptors threshold. 3685 * 0 to disable threshold monitoring. 3686 * 3687 * @return 3688 * - 0 if successful. 3689 * - (-ENODEV) if @p port_id is invalid. 3690 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 3691 * - (-ENOTSUP) if available Rx descriptors threshold is not supported. 3692 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 3693 */ 3694 __rte_experimental 3695 int rte_eth_rx_avail_thresh_set(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 3696 uint8_t avail_thresh); 3697 3698 /** 3699 * @warning 3700 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice. 3701 * 3702 * Find Rx queue with RTE_ETH_EVENT_RX_AVAIL_THRESH event pending. 3703 * 3704 * @param port_id 3705 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3706 * @param[inout] queue_id 3707 * On input starting Rx queue index to search from. 3708 * If the queue_id is bigger than maximum queue ID of the port, 3709 * search is started from 0. So that application can keep calling 3710 * this function to handle all pending events with a simple increment 3711 * of queue_id on the next call. 3712 * On output if return value is 1, Rx queue index with the event pending. 3713 * @param[out] avail_thresh 3714 * Location for available descriptors threshold of the found Rx queue. 3715 * 3716 * @return 3717 * - 1 if an Rx queue with pending event is found. 3718 * - 0 if no Rx queue with pending event is found. 3719 * - (-ENODEV) if @p port_id is invalid. 3720 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter (e.g. @p queue_id is NULL). 3721 * - (-ENOTSUP) if operation is not supported. 3722 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 3723 */ 3724 __rte_experimental 3725 int rte_eth_rx_avail_thresh_query(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t *queue_id, 3726 uint8_t *avail_thresh); 3727 3728 typedef void (*buffer_tx_error_fn)(struct rte_mbuf **unsent, uint16_t count, 3729 void *userdata); 3730 3731 /** 3732 * Structure used to buffer packets for future Tx 3733 * Used by APIs rte_eth_tx_buffer and rte_eth_tx_buffer_flush 3734 */ 3735 struct rte_eth_dev_tx_buffer { 3736 buffer_tx_error_fn error_callback; 3737 void *error_userdata; 3738 uint16_t size; /**< Size of buffer for buffered Tx */ 3739 uint16_t length; /**< Number of packets in the array */ 3740 /** Pending packets to be sent on explicit flush or when full */ 3741 struct rte_mbuf *pkts[]; 3742 }; 3743 3744 /** 3745 * Calculate the size of the Tx buffer. 3746 * 3747 * @param sz 3748 * Number of stored packets. 3749 */ 3750 #define RTE_ETH_TX_BUFFER_SIZE(sz) \ 3751 (sizeof(struct rte_eth_dev_tx_buffer) + (sz) * sizeof(struct rte_mbuf *)) 3752 3753 /** 3754 * Initialize default values for buffered transmitting 3755 * 3756 * @param buffer 3757 * Tx buffer to be initialized. 3758 * @param size 3759 * Buffer size 3760 * @return 3761 * 0 if no error 3762 */ 3763 int 3764 rte_eth_tx_buffer_init(struct rte_eth_dev_tx_buffer *buffer, uint16_t size); 3765 3766 /** 3767 * Configure a callback for buffered packets which cannot be sent 3768 * 3769 * Register a specific callback to be called when an attempt is made to send 3770 * all packets buffered on an Ethernet port, but not all packets can 3771 * successfully be sent. The callback registered here will be called only 3772 * from calls to rte_eth_tx_buffer() and rte_eth_tx_buffer_flush() APIs. 3773 * The default callback configured for each queue by default just frees the 3774 * packets back to the calling mempool. If additional behaviour is required, 3775 * for example, to count dropped packets, or to retry transmission of packets 3776 * which cannot be sent, this function should be used to register a suitable 3777 * callback function to implement the desired behaviour. 3778 * The example callback "rte_eth_tx_buffer_count_callback()" is also 3779 * provided as reference. 3780 * 3781 * @param buffer 3782 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3783 * @param callback 3784 * The function to be used as the callback. 3785 * @param userdata 3786 * Arbitrary parameter to be passed to the callback function 3787 * @return 3788 * 0 on success, or -EINVAL if bad parameter 3789 */ 3790 int 3791 rte_eth_tx_buffer_set_err_callback(struct rte_eth_dev_tx_buffer *buffer, 3792 buffer_tx_error_fn callback, void *userdata); 3793 3794 /** 3795 * Callback function for silently dropping unsent buffered packets. 3796 * 3797 * This function can be passed to rte_eth_tx_buffer_set_err_callback() to 3798 * adjust the default behavior when buffered packets cannot be sent. This 3799 * function drops any unsent packets silently and is used by Tx buffered 3800 * operations as default behavior. 3801 * 3802 * NOTE: this function should not be called directly, instead it should be used 3803 * as a callback for packet buffering. 3804 * 3805 * NOTE: when configuring this function as a callback with 3806 * rte_eth_tx_buffer_set_err_callback(), the final, userdata parameter 3807 * should point to an uint64_t value. 3808 * 3809 * @param pkts 3810 * The previously buffered packets which could not be sent 3811 * @param unsent 3812 * The number of unsent packets in the pkts array 3813 * @param userdata 3814 * Not used 3815 */ 3816 void 3817 rte_eth_tx_buffer_drop_callback(struct rte_mbuf **pkts, uint16_t unsent, 3818 void *userdata); 3819 3820 /** 3821 * Callback function for tracking unsent buffered packets. 3822 * 3823 * This function can be passed to rte_eth_tx_buffer_set_err_callback() to 3824 * adjust the default behavior when buffered packets cannot be sent. This 3825 * function drops any unsent packets, but also updates a user-supplied counter 3826 * to track the overall number of packets dropped. The counter should be an 3827 * uint64_t variable. 3828 * 3829 * NOTE: this function should not be called directly, instead it should be used 3830 * as a callback for packet buffering. 3831 * 3832 * NOTE: when configuring this function as a callback with 3833 * rte_eth_tx_buffer_set_err_callback(), the final, userdata parameter 3834 * should point to an uint64_t value. 3835 * 3836 * @param pkts 3837 * The previously buffered packets which could not be sent 3838 * @param unsent 3839 * The number of unsent packets in the pkts array 3840 * @param userdata 3841 * Pointer to an uint64_t value, which will be incremented by unsent 3842 */ 3843 void 3844 rte_eth_tx_buffer_count_callback(struct rte_mbuf **pkts, uint16_t unsent, 3845 void *userdata); 3846 3847 /** 3848 * Request the driver to free mbufs currently cached by the driver. The 3849 * driver will only free the mbuf if it is no longer in use. It is the 3850 * application's responsibility to ensure rte_eth_tx_buffer_flush(..) is 3851 * called if needed. 3852 * 3853 * @param port_id 3854 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 3855 * @param queue_id 3856 * The index of the transmit queue through which output packets must be 3857 * sent. 3858 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_tx_queue - 1] previously supplied 3859 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 3860 * @param free_cnt 3861 * Maximum number of packets to free. Use 0 to indicate all possible packets 3862 * should be freed. Note that a packet may be using multiple mbufs. 3863 * @return 3864 * Failure: < 0 3865 * -ENODEV: Invalid interface 3866 * -EIO: device is removed 3867 * -ENOTSUP: Driver does not support function 3868 * Success: >= 0 3869 * 0-n: Number of packets freed. More packets may still remain in ring that 3870 * are in use. 3871 */ 3872 int 3873 rte_eth_tx_done_cleanup(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, uint32_t free_cnt); 3874 3875 /** 3876 * Subtypes for MACsec offload event (@ref RTE_ETH_EVENT_MACSEC) 3877 * raised by Ethernet device. 3878 */ 3879 enum rte_eth_event_macsec_subtype { 3880 /** Notifies unknown MACsec subevent. */ 3881 RTE_ETH_SUBEVENT_MACSEC_UNKNOWN, 3882 /** 3883 * Subevent of RTE_ETH_EVENT_MACSEC_SECTAG_VAL_ERR sectag validation events 3884 * Validation check: SecTag.TCI.V = 1 3885 */ 3886 RTE_ETH_SUBEVENT_MACSEC_RX_SECTAG_V_EQ1, 3887 /** 3888 * Subevent of RTE_ETH_EVENT_MACSEC_SECTAG_VAL_ERR sectag validation events 3889 * Validation check: SecTag.TCI.E = 0 && SecTag.TCI.C = 1 3890 */ 3891 RTE_ETH_SUBEVENT_MACSEC_RX_SECTAG_E_EQ0_C_EQ1, 3892 /** 3893 * Subevent of RTE_ETH_EVENT_MACSEC_SECTAG_VAL_ERR sectag validation events 3894 * Validation check: SecTag.SL >= 'd48 3895 */ 3896 RTE_ETH_SUBEVENT_MACSEC_RX_SECTAG_SL_GTE48, 3897 /** 3898 * Subevent of RTE_ETH_EVENT_MACSEC_SECTAG_VAL_ERR sectag validation events 3899 * Validation check: SecTag.TCI.ES = 1 && SecTag.TCI.SC = 1 3900 */ 3901 RTE_ETH_SUBEVENT_MACSEC_RX_SECTAG_ES_EQ1_SC_EQ1, 3902 /** 3903 * Subevent of RTE_ETH_EVENT_MACSEC_SECTAG_VAL_ERR sectag validation events 3904 * Validation check: SecTag.TCI.SC = 1 && SecTag.TCI.SCB = 1 3905 */ 3906 RTE_ETH_SUBEVENT_MACSEC_RX_SECTAG_SC_EQ1_SCB_EQ1, 3907 }; 3908 3909 /** 3910 * Event types for MACsec offload event (@ref RTE_ETH_EVENT_MACSEC) 3911 * raised by eth device. 3912 */ 3913 enum rte_eth_event_macsec_type { 3914 /** Notifies unknown MACsec event. */ 3915 RTE_ETH_EVENT_MACSEC_UNKNOWN, 3916 /** Notifies Sectag validation failure events. */ 3917 RTE_ETH_EVENT_MACSEC_SECTAG_VAL_ERR, 3918 /** Notifies Rx SA hard expiry events. */ 3919 RTE_ETH_EVENT_MACSEC_RX_SA_PN_HARD_EXP, 3920 /** Notifies Rx SA soft expiry events. */ 3921 RTE_ETH_EVENT_MACSEC_RX_SA_PN_SOFT_EXP, 3922 /** Notifies Tx SA hard expiry events. */ 3923 RTE_ETH_EVENT_MACSEC_TX_SA_PN_HARD_EXP, 3924 /** Notifies Tx SA soft events. */ 3925 RTE_ETH_EVENT_MACSEC_TX_SA_PN_SOFT_EXP, 3926 /** Notifies Invalid SA event. */ 3927 RTE_ETH_EVENT_MACSEC_SA_NOT_VALID, 3928 }; 3929 3930 /** 3931 * Descriptor for @ref RTE_ETH_EVENT_MACSEC event. 3932 * Used by ethdev to send extra information of the MACsec offload event. 3933 */ 3934 struct rte_eth_event_macsec_desc { 3935 /** Type of RTE_ETH_EVENT_MACSEC_* event. */ 3936 enum rte_eth_event_macsec_type type; 3937 /** Type of RTE_ETH_SUBEVENT_MACSEC_* subevent. */ 3938 enum rte_eth_event_macsec_subtype subtype; 3939 /** 3940 * Event specific metadata. 3941 * 3942 * For the following events, *userdata* registered 3943 * with the *rte_security_session* would be returned 3944 * as metadata. 3945 * 3946 * @see struct rte_security_session_conf 3947 */ 3948 uint64_t metadata; 3949 }; 3950 3951 /** 3952 * Subtypes for IPsec offload event(@ref RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC) raised by 3953 * eth device. 3954 */ 3955 enum rte_eth_event_ipsec_subtype { 3956 /** PMD specific error start */ 3957 RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC_PMD_ERROR_START = -256, 3958 /** PMD specific error end */ 3959 RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC_PMD_ERROR_END = -1, 3960 /** Unknown event type */ 3961 RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC_UNKNOWN = 0, 3962 /** Sequence number overflow */ 3963 RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC_ESN_OVERFLOW, 3964 /** Soft time expiry of SA */ 3965 RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC_SA_TIME_EXPIRY, 3966 /** 3967 * Soft byte expiry of SA determined by 3968 * @ref rte_security_ipsec_lifetime::bytes_soft_limit 3969 */ 3970 RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC_SA_BYTE_EXPIRY, 3971 /** 3972 * Soft packet expiry of SA determined by 3973 * @ref rte_security_ipsec_lifetime::packets_soft_limit 3974 */ 3975 RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC_SA_PKT_EXPIRY, 3976 /** 3977 * Hard byte expiry of SA determined by 3978 * @ref rte_security_ipsec_lifetime::bytes_hard_limit 3979 */ 3980 RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC_SA_BYTE_HARD_EXPIRY, 3981 /** 3982 * Hard packet expiry of SA determined by 3983 * @ref rte_security_ipsec_lifetime::packets_hard_limit 3984 */ 3985 RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC_SA_PKT_HARD_EXPIRY, 3986 /** Max value of this enum */ 3987 RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC_MAX 3988 }; 3989 3990 /** 3991 * Descriptor for @ref RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC event. Used by eth dev to send extra 3992 * information of the IPsec offload event. 3993 */ 3994 struct rte_eth_event_ipsec_desc { 3995 /** Type of RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC_* event */ 3996 enum rte_eth_event_ipsec_subtype subtype; 3997 /** 3998 * Event specific metadata. 3999 * 4000 * For the following events, *userdata* registered 4001 * with the *rte_security_session* would be returned 4002 * as metadata, 4003 * 4004 * - @ref RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC_ESN_OVERFLOW 4005 * - @ref RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC_SA_TIME_EXPIRY 4006 * - @ref RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC_SA_BYTE_EXPIRY 4007 * - @ref RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC_SA_PKT_EXPIRY 4008 * - @ref RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC_SA_BYTE_HARD_EXPIRY 4009 * - @ref RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC_SA_PKT_HARD_EXPIRY 4010 * 4011 * @see struct rte_security_session_conf 4012 * 4013 */ 4014 uint64_t metadata; 4015 }; 4016 4017 /** 4018 * The eth device event type for interrupt, and maybe others in the future. 4019 */ 4020 enum rte_eth_event_type { 4021 RTE_ETH_EVENT_UNKNOWN, /**< unknown event type */ 4022 RTE_ETH_EVENT_INTR_LSC, /**< lsc interrupt event */ 4023 /** queue state event (enabled/disabled) */ 4024 RTE_ETH_EVENT_QUEUE_STATE, 4025 /** reset interrupt event, sent to VF on PF reset */ 4026 RTE_ETH_EVENT_INTR_RESET, 4027 RTE_ETH_EVENT_VF_MBOX, /**< message from the VF received by PF */ 4028 RTE_ETH_EVENT_MACSEC, /**< MACsec offload related event */ 4029 RTE_ETH_EVENT_INTR_RMV, /**< device removal event */ 4030 RTE_ETH_EVENT_NEW, /**< port is probed */ 4031 RTE_ETH_EVENT_DESTROY, /**< port is released */ 4032 RTE_ETH_EVENT_IPSEC, /**< IPsec offload related event */ 4033 RTE_ETH_EVENT_FLOW_AGED,/**< New aged-out flows is detected */ 4034 /** 4035 * Number of available Rx descriptors is smaller than the threshold. 4036 * @see rte_eth_rx_avail_thresh_set() 4037 */ 4038 RTE_ETH_EVENT_RX_AVAIL_THRESH, 4039 /** Port recovering from a hardware or firmware error. 4040 * If PMD supports proactive error recovery, 4041 * it should trigger this event to notify application 4042 * that it detected an error and the recovery is being started. 4043 * Upon receiving the event, the application should not invoke any control path API 4044 * (such as rte_eth_dev_configure/rte_eth_dev_stop...) until receiving 4045 * RTE_ETH_EVENT_RECOVERY_SUCCESS or RTE_ETH_EVENT_RECOVERY_FAILED event. 4046 * The PMD will set the data path pointers to dummy functions, 4047 * and re-set the data path pointers to non-dummy functions 4048 * before reporting RTE_ETH_EVENT_RECOVERY_SUCCESS event. 4049 * It means that the application cannot send or receive any packets 4050 * during this period. 4051 * @note Before the PMD reports the recovery result, 4052 * the PMD may report the RTE_ETH_EVENT_ERR_RECOVERING event again, 4053 * because a larger error may occur during the recovery. 4054 */ 4055 RTE_ETH_EVENT_ERR_RECOVERING, 4056 /** Port recovers successfully from the error. 4057 * The PMD already re-configured the port, 4058 * and the effect is the same as a restart operation. 4059 * a) The following operation will be retained: (alphabetically) 4060 * - DCB configuration 4061 * - FEC configuration 4062 * - Flow control configuration 4063 * - LRO configuration 4064 * - LSC configuration 4065 * - MTU 4066 * - MAC address (default and those supplied by MAC address array) 4067 * - Promiscuous and allmulticast mode 4068 * - PTP configuration 4069 * - Queue (Rx/Tx) settings 4070 * - Queue statistics mappings 4071 * - RSS configuration by rte_eth_dev_rss_xxx() family 4072 * - Rx checksum configuration 4073 * - Rx interrupt settings 4074 * - Traffic management configuration 4075 * - VLAN configuration (including filtering, tpid, strip, pvid) 4076 * - VMDq configuration 4077 * b) The following configuration maybe retained 4078 * or not depending on the device capabilities: 4079 * - flow rules 4080 * (@see RTE_ETH_DEV_CAPA_FLOW_RULE_KEEP) 4081 * - shared flow objects 4082 * (@see RTE_ETH_DEV_CAPA_FLOW_SHARED_OBJECT_KEEP) 4083 * c) Any other configuration will not be stored 4084 * and will need to be re-configured. 4085 */ 4086 RTE_ETH_EVENT_RECOVERY_SUCCESS, 4087 /** Port recovery failed. 4088 * It means that the port should not be usable anymore. 4089 * The application should close the port. 4090 */ 4091 RTE_ETH_EVENT_RECOVERY_FAILED, 4092 RTE_ETH_EVENT_MAX /**< max value of this enum */ 4093 }; 4094 4095 /** 4096 * User application callback to be registered for interrupts. 4097 * 4098 * Note: there is no guarantee in the DPDK drivers that a callback won't be 4099 * called in the middle of other parts of the ethdev API. For example, 4100 * imagine that thread A calls rte_eth_dev_start() and as part of this 4101 * call, a RTE_ETH_EVENT_INTR_RESET event gets generated and the 4102 * associated callback is ran on thread A. In that example, if the 4103 * application protects its internal data using locks before calling 4104 * rte_eth_dev_start(), and the callback takes a same lock, a deadlock 4105 * occurs. Because of this, it is highly recommended NOT to take locks in 4106 * those callbacks. 4107 */ 4108 typedef int (*rte_eth_dev_cb_fn)(uint16_t port_id, 4109 enum rte_eth_event_type event, void *cb_arg, void *ret_param); 4110 4111 /** 4112 * Register a callback function for port event. 4113 * 4114 * @param port_id 4115 * Port ID. 4116 * RTE_ETH_ALL means register the event for all port ids. 4117 * @param event 4118 * Event interested. 4119 * @param cb_fn 4120 * User supplied callback function to be called. 4121 * @param cb_arg 4122 * Pointer to the parameters for the registered callback. 4123 * 4124 * @return 4125 * - On success, zero. 4126 * - On failure, a negative value. 4127 */ 4128 int rte_eth_dev_callback_register(uint16_t port_id, 4129 enum rte_eth_event_type event, 4130 rte_eth_dev_cb_fn cb_fn, void *cb_arg); 4131 4132 /** 4133 * Unregister a callback function for port event. 4134 * 4135 * @param port_id 4136 * Port ID. 4137 * RTE_ETH_ALL means unregister the event for all port ids. 4138 * @param event 4139 * Event interested. 4140 * @param cb_fn 4141 * User supplied callback function to be called. 4142 * @param cb_arg 4143 * Pointer to the parameters for the registered callback. -1 means to 4144 * remove all for the same callback address and same event. 4145 * 4146 * @return 4147 * - On success, zero. 4148 * - On failure, a negative value. 4149 */ 4150 int rte_eth_dev_callback_unregister(uint16_t port_id, 4151 enum rte_eth_event_type event, 4152 rte_eth_dev_cb_fn cb_fn, void *cb_arg); 4153 4154 /** 4155 * When there is no Rx packet coming in Rx Queue for a long time, we can 4156 * sleep lcore related to Rx Queue for power saving, and enable Rx interrupt 4157 * to be triggered when Rx packet arrives. 4158 * 4159 * The rte_eth_dev_rx_intr_enable() function enables Rx queue 4160 * interrupt on specific Rx queue of a port. 4161 * 4162 * @param port_id 4163 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4164 * @param queue_id 4165 * The index of the receive queue from which to retrieve input packets. 4166 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_rx_queue - 1] previously supplied 4167 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 4168 * @return 4169 * - (0) if successful. 4170 * - (-ENOTSUP) if underlying hardware OR driver doesn't support 4171 * that operation. 4172 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 4173 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4174 */ 4175 int rte_eth_dev_rx_intr_enable(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id); 4176 4177 /** 4178 * When lcore wakes up from Rx interrupt indicating packet coming, disable Rx 4179 * interrupt and returns to polling mode. 4180 * 4181 * The rte_eth_dev_rx_intr_disable() function disables Rx queue 4182 * interrupt on specific Rx queue of a port. 4183 * 4184 * @param port_id 4185 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4186 * @param queue_id 4187 * The index of the receive queue from which to retrieve input packets. 4188 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_rx_queue - 1] previously supplied 4189 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 4190 * @return 4191 * - (0) if successful. 4192 * - (-ENOTSUP) if underlying hardware OR driver doesn't support 4193 * that operation. 4194 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 4195 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4196 */ 4197 int rte_eth_dev_rx_intr_disable(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id); 4198 4199 /** 4200 * Rx Interrupt control per port. 4201 * 4202 * @param port_id 4203 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4204 * @param epfd 4205 * Epoll instance fd which the intr vector associated to. 4206 * Using RTE_EPOLL_PER_THREAD allows to use per thread epoll instance. 4207 * @param op 4208 * The operation be performed for the vector. 4209 * Operation type of {RTE_INTR_EVENT_ADD, RTE_INTR_EVENT_DEL}. 4210 * @param data 4211 * User raw data. 4212 * @return 4213 * - On success, zero. 4214 * - On failure, a negative value. 4215 */ 4216 int rte_eth_dev_rx_intr_ctl(uint16_t port_id, int epfd, int op, void *data); 4217 4218 /** 4219 * Rx Interrupt control per queue. 4220 * 4221 * @param port_id 4222 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4223 * @param queue_id 4224 * The index of the receive queue from which to retrieve input packets. 4225 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_rx_queue - 1] previously supplied 4226 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 4227 * @param epfd 4228 * Epoll instance fd which the intr vector associated to. 4229 * Using RTE_EPOLL_PER_THREAD allows to use per thread epoll instance. 4230 * @param op 4231 * The operation be performed for the vector. 4232 * Operation type of {RTE_INTR_EVENT_ADD, RTE_INTR_EVENT_DEL}. 4233 * @param data 4234 * User raw data. 4235 * @return 4236 * - On success, zero. 4237 * - On failure, a negative value. 4238 */ 4239 int rte_eth_dev_rx_intr_ctl_q(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 4240 int epfd, int op, void *data); 4241 4242 /** 4243 * Get interrupt fd per Rx queue. 4244 * 4245 * @param port_id 4246 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4247 * @param queue_id 4248 * The index of the receive queue from which to retrieve input packets. 4249 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_rx_queue - 1] previously supplied 4250 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 4251 * @return 4252 * - (>=0) the interrupt fd associated to the requested Rx queue if 4253 * successful. 4254 * - (-1) on error. 4255 */ 4256 int 4257 rte_eth_dev_rx_intr_ctl_q_get_fd(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id); 4258 4259 /** 4260 * Turn on the LED on the Ethernet device. 4261 * This function turns on the LED on the Ethernet device. 4262 * 4263 * @param port_id 4264 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4265 * @return 4266 * - (0) if successful. 4267 * - (-ENOTSUP) if underlying hardware OR driver doesn't support 4268 * that operation. 4269 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 4270 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4271 */ 4272 int rte_eth_led_on(uint16_t port_id); 4273 4274 /** 4275 * Turn off the LED on the Ethernet device. 4276 * This function turns off the LED on the Ethernet device. 4277 * 4278 * @param port_id 4279 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4280 * @return 4281 * - (0) if successful. 4282 * - (-ENOTSUP) if underlying hardware OR driver doesn't support 4283 * that operation. 4284 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 4285 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4286 */ 4287 int rte_eth_led_off(uint16_t port_id); 4288 4289 /** 4290 * @warning 4291 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 4292 * 4293 * Get Forward Error Correction(FEC) capability. 4294 * 4295 * @param port_id 4296 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4297 * @param speed_fec_capa 4298 * speed_fec_capa is out only with per-speed capabilities. 4299 * If set to NULL, the function returns the required number 4300 * of required array entries. 4301 * @param num 4302 * a number of elements in an speed_fec_capa array. 4303 * 4304 * @return 4305 * - A non-negative value lower or equal to num: success. The return value 4306 * is the number of entries filled in the fec capa array. 4307 * - A non-negative value higher than num: error, the given fec capa array 4308 * is too small. The return value corresponds to the num that should 4309 * be given to succeed. The entries in fec capa array are not valid and 4310 * shall not be used by the caller. 4311 * - (-ENOTSUP) if underlying hardware OR driver doesn't support. 4312 * that operation. 4313 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4314 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 4315 * - (-EINVAL) if *num* or *speed_fec_capa* invalid 4316 */ 4317 __rte_experimental 4318 int rte_eth_fec_get_capability(uint16_t port_id, 4319 struct rte_eth_fec_capa *speed_fec_capa, 4320 unsigned int num); 4321 4322 /** 4323 * @warning 4324 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 4325 * 4326 * Get current Forward Error Correction(FEC) mode. 4327 * If link is down and AUTO is enabled, AUTO is returned, otherwise, 4328 * configured FEC mode is returned. 4329 * If link is up, current FEC mode is returned. 4330 * 4331 * @param port_id 4332 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4333 * @param fec_capa 4334 * A bitmask with the current FEC mode. 4335 * @return 4336 * - (0) if successful. 4337 * - (-ENOTSUP) if underlying hardware OR driver doesn't support. 4338 * that operation. 4339 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4340 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 4341 */ 4342 __rte_experimental 4343 int rte_eth_fec_get(uint16_t port_id, uint32_t *fec_capa); 4344 4345 /** 4346 * @warning 4347 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 4348 * 4349 * Set Forward Error Correction(FEC) mode. 4350 * 4351 * @param port_id 4352 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4353 * @param fec_capa 4354 * A bitmask of allowed FEC modes. 4355 * If only the AUTO bit is set, the decision on which FEC 4356 * mode to use will be made by HW/FW or driver. 4357 * If the AUTO bit is set with some FEC modes, only specified 4358 * FEC modes can be set. 4359 * If AUTO bit is clear, specify FEC mode to be used 4360 * (only one valid mode per speed may be set). 4361 * @return 4362 * - (0) if successful. 4363 * - (-EINVAL) if the FEC mode is not valid. 4364 * - (-ENOTSUP) if underlying hardware OR driver doesn't support. 4365 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4366 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 4367 */ 4368 __rte_experimental 4369 int rte_eth_fec_set(uint16_t port_id, uint32_t fec_capa); 4370 4371 /** 4372 * Get current status of the Ethernet link flow control for Ethernet device 4373 * 4374 * @param port_id 4375 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4376 * @param fc_conf 4377 * The pointer to the structure where to store the flow control parameters. 4378 * @return 4379 * - (0) if successful. 4380 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support flow control. 4381 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 4382 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4383 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 4384 */ 4385 int rte_eth_dev_flow_ctrl_get(uint16_t port_id, 4386 struct rte_eth_fc_conf *fc_conf); 4387 4388 /** 4389 * Configure the Ethernet link flow control for Ethernet device 4390 * 4391 * @param port_id 4392 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4393 * @param fc_conf 4394 * The pointer to the structure of the flow control parameters. 4395 * @return 4396 * - (0) if successful. 4397 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support flow control mode. 4398 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 4399 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter 4400 * - (-EIO) if flow control setup failure or device is removed. 4401 */ 4402 int rte_eth_dev_flow_ctrl_set(uint16_t port_id, 4403 struct rte_eth_fc_conf *fc_conf); 4404 4405 /** 4406 * Configure the Ethernet priority flow control under DCB environment 4407 * for Ethernet device. 4408 * 4409 * @param port_id 4410 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4411 * @param pfc_conf 4412 * The pointer to the structure of the priority flow control parameters. 4413 * @return 4414 * - (0) if successful. 4415 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support priority flow control mode. 4416 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 4417 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter 4418 * - (-EIO) if flow control setup failure or device is removed. 4419 */ 4420 int rte_eth_dev_priority_flow_ctrl_set(uint16_t port_id, 4421 struct rte_eth_pfc_conf *pfc_conf); 4422 4423 /** 4424 * Add a MAC address to the set used for filtering incoming packets. 4425 * 4426 * @param port_id 4427 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4428 * @param mac_addr 4429 * The MAC address to add. 4430 * @param pool 4431 * VMDq pool index to associate address with (if VMDq is enabled). If VMDq is 4432 * not enabled, this should be set to 0. 4433 * @return 4434 * - (0) if successfully added or *mac_addr* was already added. 4435 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support this feature. 4436 * - (-ENODEV) if *port* is invalid. 4437 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4438 * - (-ENOSPC) if no more MAC addresses can be added. 4439 * - (-EINVAL) if MAC address is invalid. 4440 */ 4441 int rte_eth_dev_mac_addr_add(uint16_t port_id, struct rte_ether_addr *mac_addr, 4442 uint32_t pool); 4443 4444 /** 4445 * @warning 4446 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice. 4447 * 4448 * Retrieve the information for queue based PFC. 4449 * 4450 * @param port_id 4451 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4452 * @param pfc_queue_info 4453 * A pointer to a structure of type *rte_eth_pfc_queue_info* to be filled with 4454 * the information about queue based PFC. 4455 * @return 4456 * - (0) if successful. 4457 * - (-ENOTSUP) if support for priority_flow_ctrl_queue_info_get does not exist. 4458 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 4459 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 4460 */ 4461 __rte_experimental 4462 int rte_eth_dev_priority_flow_ctrl_queue_info_get(uint16_t port_id, 4463 struct rte_eth_pfc_queue_info *pfc_queue_info); 4464 4465 /** 4466 * @warning 4467 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice. 4468 * 4469 * Configure the queue based priority flow control for a given queue 4470 * for Ethernet device. 4471 * 4472 * @note When an ethdev port switches to queue based PFC mode, the 4473 * unconfigured queues shall be configured by the driver with 4474 * default values such as lower priority value for TC etc. 4475 * 4476 * @param port_id 4477 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4478 * @param pfc_queue_conf 4479 * The pointer to the structure of the priority flow control parameters 4480 * for the queue. 4481 * @return 4482 * - (0) if successful. 4483 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support queue based PFC mode. 4484 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 4485 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter 4486 * - (-EIO) if flow control setup queue failure 4487 */ 4488 __rte_experimental 4489 int rte_eth_dev_priority_flow_ctrl_queue_configure(uint16_t port_id, 4490 struct rte_eth_pfc_queue_conf *pfc_queue_conf); 4491 4492 /** 4493 * Remove a MAC address from the internal array of addresses. 4494 * 4495 * @param port_id 4496 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4497 * @param mac_addr 4498 * MAC address to remove. 4499 * @return 4500 * - (0) if successful, or *mac_addr* didn't exist. 4501 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 4502 * - (-ENODEV) if *port* invalid. 4503 * - (-EADDRINUSE) if attempting to remove the default MAC address. 4504 * - (-EINVAL) if MAC address is invalid. 4505 */ 4506 int rte_eth_dev_mac_addr_remove(uint16_t port_id, 4507 struct rte_ether_addr *mac_addr); 4508 4509 /** 4510 * Set the default MAC address. 4511 * It replaces the address at index 0 of the MAC address list. 4512 * If the address was already in the MAC address list, 4513 * please remove it first. 4514 * 4515 * @param port_id 4516 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4517 * @param mac_addr 4518 * New default MAC address. 4519 * @return 4520 * - (0) if successful, or *mac_addr* didn't exist. 4521 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 4522 * - (-ENODEV) if *port* invalid. 4523 * - (-EINVAL) if MAC address is invalid. 4524 * - (-EEXIST) if MAC address was already in the address list. 4525 */ 4526 int rte_eth_dev_default_mac_addr_set(uint16_t port_id, 4527 struct rte_ether_addr *mac_addr); 4528 4529 /** 4530 * Update Redirection Table(RETA) of Receive Side Scaling of Ethernet device. 4531 * 4532 * @param port_id 4533 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4534 * @param reta_conf 4535 * RETA to update. 4536 * @param reta_size 4537 * Redirection table size. The table size can be queried by 4538 * rte_eth_dev_info_get(). 4539 * @return 4540 * - (0) if successful. 4541 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* is invalid. 4542 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 4543 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 4544 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4545 */ 4546 int rte_eth_dev_rss_reta_update(uint16_t port_id, 4547 struct rte_eth_rss_reta_entry64 *reta_conf, 4548 uint16_t reta_size); 4549 4550 /** 4551 * Query Redirection Table(RETA) of Receive Side Scaling of Ethernet device. 4552 * 4553 * @param port_id 4554 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4555 * @param reta_conf 4556 * RETA to query. For each requested reta entry, corresponding bit 4557 * in mask must be set. 4558 * @param reta_size 4559 * Redirection table size. The table size can be queried by 4560 * rte_eth_dev_info_get(). 4561 * @return 4562 * - (0) if successful. 4563 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* is invalid. 4564 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 4565 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 4566 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4567 */ 4568 int rte_eth_dev_rss_reta_query(uint16_t port_id, 4569 struct rte_eth_rss_reta_entry64 *reta_conf, 4570 uint16_t reta_size); 4571 4572 /** 4573 * Updates unicast hash table for receiving packet with the given destination 4574 * MAC address, and the packet is routed to all VFs for which the Rx mode is 4575 * accept packets that match the unicast hash table. 4576 * 4577 * @param port_id 4578 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4579 * @param addr 4580 * Unicast MAC address. 4581 * @param on 4582 * 1 - Set an unicast hash bit for receiving packets with the MAC address. 4583 * 0 - Clear an unicast hash bit. 4584 * @return 4585 * - (0) if successful. 4586 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 4587 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 4588 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4589 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 4590 */ 4591 int rte_eth_dev_uc_hash_table_set(uint16_t port_id, struct rte_ether_addr *addr, 4592 uint8_t on); 4593 4594 /** 4595 * Updates all unicast hash bitmaps for receiving packet with any Unicast 4596 * Ethernet MAC addresses,the packet is routed to all VFs for which the Rx 4597 * mode is accept packets that match the unicast hash table. 4598 * 4599 * @param port_id 4600 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4601 * @param on 4602 * 1 - Set all unicast hash bitmaps for receiving all the Ethernet 4603 * MAC addresses 4604 * 0 - Clear all unicast hash bitmaps 4605 * @return 4606 * - (0) if successful. 4607 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 4608 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 4609 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4610 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 4611 */ 4612 int rte_eth_dev_uc_all_hash_table_set(uint16_t port_id, uint8_t on); 4613 4614 /** 4615 * Set the rate limitation for a queue on an Ethernet device. 4616 * 4617 * @param port_id 4618 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4619 * @param queue_idx 4620 * The queue ID. 4621 * @param tx_rate 4622 * The Tx rate in Mbps. Allocated from the total port link speed. 4623 * @return 4624 * - (0) if successful. 4625 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support this feature. 4626 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 4627 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4628 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 4629 */ 4630 int rte_eth_set_queue_rate_limit(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_idx, 4631 uint32_t tx_rate); 4632 4633 /** 4634 * Configuration of Receive Side Scaling hash computation of Ethernet device. 4635 * 4636 * @param port_id 4637 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4638 * @param rss_conf 4639 * The new configuration to use for RSS hash computation on the port. 4640 * @return 4641 * - (0) if successful. 4642 * - (-ENODEV) if port identifier is invalid. 4643 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4644 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 4645 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 4646 */ 4647 int rte_eth_dev_rss_hash_update(uint16_t port_id, 4648 struct rte_eth_rss_conf *rss_conf); 4649 4650 /** 4651 * Retrieve current configuration of Receive Side Scaling hash computation 4652 * of Ethernet device. 4653 * 4654 * @param port_id 4655 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4656 * @param rss_conf 4657 * Where to store the current RSS hash configuration of the Ethernet device. 4658 * @return 4659 * - (0) if successful. 4660 * - (-ENODEV) if port identifier is invalid. 4661 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4662 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support RSS. 4663 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 4664 */ 4665 int 4666 rte_eth_dev_rss_hash_conf_get(uint16_t port_id, 4667 struct rte_eth_rss_conf *rss_conf); 4668 4669 /** 4670 * @warning 4671 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice. 4672 * 4673 * Get the name of RSS hash algorithm. 4674 * 4675 * @param rss_algo 4676 * Hash algorithm. 4677 * 4678 * @return 4679 * Hash algorithm name or 'UNKNOWN' if the rss_algo cannot be recognized. 4680 */ 4681 __rte_experimental 4682 const char * 4683 rte_eth_dev_rss_algo_name(enum rte_eth_hash_function rss_algo); 4684 4685 /** 4686 * @warning 4687 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice. 4688 * 4689 * Get RSS hash algorithm by its name. 4690 * 4691 * @param name 4692 * RSS hash algorithm. 4693 * 4694 * @param algo 4695 * Return the RSS hash algorithm found, @see rte_eth_hash_function. 4696 * 4697 * @return 4698 * - (0) if successful. 4699 * - (-EINVAL) if not found. 4700 */ 4701 __rte_experimental 4702 int 4703 rte_eth_find_rss_algo(const char *name, uint32_t *algo); 4704 4705 /** 4706 * Add UDP tunneling port for a type of tunnel. 4707 * 4708 * Some NICs may require such configuration to properly parse a tunnel 4709 * with any standard or custom UDP port. 4710 * The packets with this UDP port will be parsed for this type of tunnel. 4711 * The device parser will also check the rest of the tunnel headers 4712 * before classifying the packet. 4713 * 4714 * With some devices, this API will affect packet classification, i.e.: 4715 * - mbuf.packet_type reported on Rx 4716 * - rte_flow rules with tunnel items 4717 * 4718 * @param port_id 4719 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4720 * @param tunnel_udp 4721 * UDP tunneling configuration. 4722 * 4723 * @return 4724 * - (0) if successful. 4725 * - (-ENODEV) if port identifier is invalid. 4726 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4727 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support tunnel type. 4728 */ 4729 int 4730 rte_eth_dev_udp_tunnel_port_add(uint16_t port_id, 4731 struct rte_eth_udp_tunnel *tunnel_udp); 4732 4733 /** 4734 * Delete UDP tunneling port for a type of tunnel. 4735 * 4736 * The packets with this UDP port will not be classified as this type of tunnel 4737 * anymore if the device use such mapping for tunnel packet classification. 4738 * 4739 * @see rte_eth_dev_udp_tunnel_port_add 4740 * 4741 * @param port_id 4742 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4743 * @param tunnel_udp 4744 * UDP tunneling configuration. 4745 * 4746 * @return 4747 * - (0) if successful. 4748 * - (-ENODEV) if port identifier is invalid. 4749 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4750 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support tunnel type. 4751 */ 4752 int 4753 rte_eth_dev_udp_tunnel_port_delete(uint16_t port_id, 4754 struct rte_eth_udp_tunnel *tunnel_udp); 4755 4756 /** 4757 * Get DCB information on an Ethernet device. 4758 * 4759 * @param port_id 4760 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4761 * @param dcb_info 4762 * DCB information. 4763 * @return 4764 * - (0) if successful. 4765 * - (-ENODEV) if port identifier is invalid. 4766 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 4767 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 4768 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 4769 */ 4770 int rte_eth_dev_get_dcb_info(uint16_t port_id, 4771 struct rte_eth_dcb_info *dcb_info); 4772 4773 struct rte_eth_rxtx_callback; 4774 4775 /** 4776 * Add a callback to be called on packet Rx on a given port and queue. 4777 * 4778 * This API configures a function to be called for each burst of 4779 * packets received on a given NIC port queue. The return value is a pointer 4780 * that can be used to later remove the callback using 4781 * rte_eth_remove_rx_callback(). 4782 * 4783 * Multiple functions are called in the order that they are added. 4784 * 4785 * @param port_id 4786 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4787 * @param queue_id 4788 * The queue on the Ethernet device on which the callback is to be added. 4789 * @param fn 4790 * The callback function 4791 * @param user_param 4792 * A generic pointer parameter which will be passed to each invocation of the 4793 * callback function on this port and queue. Inter-thread synchronization 4794 * of any user data changes is the responsibility of the user. 4795 * 4796 * @return 4797 * NULL on error. 4798 * On success, a pointer value which can later be used to remove the callback. 4799 */ 4800 const struct rte_eth_rxtx_callback * 4801 rte_eth_add_rx_callback(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 4802 rte_rx_callback_fn fn, void *user_param); 4803 4804 /** 4805 * Add a callback that must be called first on packet Rx on a given port 4806 * and queue. 4807 * 4808 * This API configures a first function to be called for each burst of 4809 * packets received on a given NIC port queue. The return value is a pointer 4810 * that can be used to later remove the callback using 4811 * rte_eth_remove_rx_callback(). 4812 * 4813 * Multiple functions are called in the order that they are added. 4814 * 4815 * @param port_id 4816 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4817 * @param queue_id 4818 * The queue on the Ethernet device on which the callback is to be added. 4819 * @param fn 4820 * The callback function 4821 * @param user_param 4822 * A generic pointer parameter which will be passed to each invocation of the 4823 * callback function on this port and queue. Inter-thread synchronization 4824 * of any user data changes is the responsibility of the user. 4825 * 4826 * @return 4827 * NULL on error. 4828 * On success, a pointer value which can later be used to remove the callback. 4829 */ 4830 const struct rte_eth_rxtx_callback * 4831 rte_eth_add_first_rx_callback(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 4832 rte_rx_callback_fn fn, void *user_param); 4833 4834 /** 4835 * Add a callback to be called on packet Tx on a given port and queue. 4836 * 4837 * This API configures a function to be called for each burst of 4838 * packets sent on a given NIC port queue. The return value is a pointer 4839 * that can be used to later remove the callback using 4840 * rte_eth_remove_tx_callback(). 4841 * 4842 * Multiple functions are called in the order that they are added. 4843 * 4844 * @param port_id 4845 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4846 * @param queue_id 4847 * The queue on the Ethernet device on which the callback is to be added. 4848 * @param fn 4849 * The callback function 4850 * @param user_param 4851 * A generic pointer parameter which will be passed to each invocation of the 4852 * callback function on this port and queue. Inter-thread synchronization 4853 * of any user data changes is the responsibility of the user. 4854 * 4855 * @return 4856 * NULL on error. 4857 * On success, a pointer value which can later be used to remove the callback. 4858 */ 4859 const struct rte_eth_rxtx_callback * 4860 rte_eth_add_tx_callback(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 4861 rte_tx_callback_fn fn, void *user_param); 4862 4863 /** 4864 * Remove an Rx packet callback from a given port and queue. 4865 * 4866 * This function is used to removed callbacks that were added to a NIC port 4867 * queue using rte_eth_add_rx_callback(). 4868 * 4869 * Note: the callback is removed from the callback list but it isn't freed 4870 * since the it may still be in use. The memory for the callback can be 4871 * subsequently freed back by the application by calling rte_free(): 4872 * 4873 * - Immediately - if the port is stopped, or the user knows that no 4874 * callbacks are in flight e.g. if called from the thread doing Rx/Tx 4875 * on that queue. 4876 * 4877 * - After a short delay - where the delay is sufficient to allow any 4878 * in-flight callbacks to complete. Alternately, the RCU mechanism can be 4879 * used to detect when data plane threads have ceased referencing the 4880 * callback memory. 4881 * 4882 * @param port_id 4883 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4884 * @param queue_id 4885 * The queue on the Ethernet device from which the callback is to be removed. 4886 * @param user_cb 4887 * User supplied callback created via rte_eth_add_rx_callback(). 4888 * 4889 * @return 4890 * - 0: Success. Callback was removed. 4891 * - -ENODEV: If *port_id* is invalid. 4892 * - -ENOTSUP: Callback support is not available. 4893 * - -EINVAL: The queue_id is out of range, or the callback 4894 * is NULL or not found for the port/queue. 4895 */ 4896 int rte_eth_remove_rx_callback(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 4897 const struct rte_eth_rxtx_callback *user_cb); 4898 4899 /** 4900 * Remove a Tx packet callback from a given port and queue. 4901 * 4902 * This function is used to removed callbacks that were added to a NIC port 4903 * queue using rte_eth_add_tx_callback(). 4904 * 4905 * Note: the callback is removed from the callback list but it isn't freed 4906 * since the it may still be in use. The memory for the callback can be 4907 * subsequently freed back by the application by calling rte_free(): 4908 * 4909 * - Immediately - if the port is stopped, or the user knows that no 4910 * callbacks are in flight e.g. if called from the thread doing Rx/Tx 4911 * on that queue. 4912 * 4913 * - After a short delay - where the delay is sufficient to allow any 4914 * in-flight callbacks to complete. Alternately, the RCU mechanism can be 4915 * used to detect when data plane threads have ceased referencing the 4916 * callback memory. 4917 * 4918 * @param port_id 4919 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4920 * @param queue_id 4921 * The queue on the Ethernet device from which the callback is to be removed. 4922 * @param user_cb 4923 * User supplied callback created via rte_eth_add_tx_callback(). 4924 * 4925 * @return 4926 * - 0: Success. Callback was removed. 4927 * - -ENODEV: If *port_id* is invalid. 4928 * - -ENOTSUP: Callback support is not available. 4929 * - -EINVAL: The queue_id is out of range, or the callback 4930 * is NULL or not found for the port/queue. 4931 */ 4932 int rte_eth_remove_tx_callback(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 4933 const struct rte_eth_rxtx_callback *user_cb); 4934 4935 /** 4936 * Retrieve information about given port's Rx queue. 4937 * 4938 * @param port_id 4939 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4940 * @param queue_id 4941 * The Rx queue on the Ethernet device for which information 4942 * will be retrieved. 4943 * @param qinfo 4944 * A pointer to a structure of type *rte_eth_rxq_info_info* to be filled with 4945 * the information of the Ethernet device. 4946 * 4947 * @return 4948 * - 0: Success 4949 * - -ENODEV: If *port_id* is invalid. 4950 * - -ENOTSUP: routine is not supported by the device PMD. 4951 * - -EINVAL: The queue_id is out of range, or the queue 4952 * is hairpin queue. 4953 */ 4954 int rte_eth_rx_queue_info_get(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 4955 struct rte_eth_rxq_info *qinfo); 4956 4957 /** 4958 * Retrieve information about given port's Tx queue. 4959 * 4960 * @param port_id 4961 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4962 * @param queue_id 4963 * The Tx queue on the Ethernet device for which information 4964 * will be retrieved. 4965 * @param qinfo 4966 * A pointer to a structure of type *rte_eth_txq_info_info* to be filled with 4967 * the information of the Ethernet device. 4968 * 4969 * @return 4970 * - 0: Success 4971 * - -ENODEV: If *port_id* is invalid. 4972 * - -ENOTSUP: routine is not supported by the device PMD. 4973 * - -EINVAL: The queue_id is out of range, or the queue 4974 * is hairpin queue. 4975 */ 4976 int rte_eth_tx_queue_info_get(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 4977 struct rte_eth_txq_info *qinfo); 4978 4979 /** 4980 * @warning 4981 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 4982 * 4983 * Retrieve information about given ports's Rx queue for recycling mbufs. 4984 * 4985 * @param port_id 4986 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 4987 * @param queue_id 4988 * The Rx queue on the Ethernet devicefor which information 4989 * will be retrieved. 4990 * @param recycle_rxq_info 4991 * A pointer to a structure of type *rte_eth_recycle_rxq_info* to be filled. 4992 * 4993 * @return 4994 * - 0: Success 4995 * - -ENODEV: If *port_id* is invalid. 4996 * - -ENOTSUP: routine is not supported by the device PMD. 4997 * - -EINVAL: The queue_id is out of range. 4998 */ 4999 __rte_experimental 5000 int rte_eth_recycle_rx_queue_info_get(uint16_t port_id, 5001 uint16_t queue_id, 5002 struct rte_eth_recycle_rxq_info *recycle_rxq_info); 5003 5004 /** 5005 * Retrieve information about the Rx packet burst mode. 5006 * 5007 * @param port_id 5008 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5009 * @param queue_id 5010 * The Rx queue on the Ethernet device for which information 5011 * will be retrieved. 5012 * @param mode 5013 * A pointer to a structure of type *rte_eth_burst_mode* to be filled 5014 * with the information of the packet burst mode. 5015 * 5016 * @return 5017 * - 0: Success 5018 * - -ENODEV: If *port_id* is invalid. 5019 * - -ENOTSUP: routine is not supported by the device PMD. 5020 * - -EINVAL: The queue_id is out of range. 5021 */ 5022 int rte_eth_rx_burst_mode_get(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 5023 struct rte_eth_burst_mode *mode); 5024 5025 /** 5026 * Retrieve information about the Tx packet burst mode. 5027 * 5028 * @param port_id 5029 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5030 * @param queue_id 5031 * The Tx queue on the Ethernet device for which information 5032 * will be retrieved. 5033 * @param mode 5034 * A pointer to a structure of type *rte_eth_burst_mode* to be filled 5035 * with the information of the packet burst mode. 5036 * 5037 * @return 5038 * - 0: Success 5039 * - -ENODEV: If *port_id* is invalid. 5040 * - -ENOTSUP: routine is not supported by the device PMD. 5041 * - -EINVAL: The queue_id is out of range. 5042 */ 5043 int rte_eth_tx_burst_mode_get(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 5044 struct rte_eth_burst_mode *mode); 5045 5046 /** 5047 * @warning 5048 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice. 5049 * 5050 * Retrieve the monitor condition for a given receive queue. 5051 * 5052 * @param port_id 5053 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5054 * @param queue_id 5055 * The Rx queue on the Ethernet device for which information 5056 * will be retrieved. 5057 * @param pmc 5058 * The pointer to power-optimized monitoring condition structure. 5059 * 5060 * @return 5061 * - 0: Success. 5062 * -ENOTSUP: Operation not supported. 5063 * -EINVAL: Invalid parameters. 5064 * -ENODEV: Invalid port ID. 5065 */ 5066 __rte_experimental 5067 int rte_eth_get_monitor_addr(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 5068 struct rte_power_monitor_cond *pmc); 5069 5070 /** 5071 * Retrieve device registers and register attributes (number of registers and 5072 * register size) 5073 * 5074 * @param port_id 5075 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5076 * @param info 5077 * Pointer to rte_dev_reg_info structure to fill in. If info->data is 5078 * NULL the function fills in the width and length fields. If non-NULL 5079 * the registers are put into the buffer pointed at by the data field. 5080 * @return 5081 * - (0) if successful. 5082 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 5083 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 5084 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 5085 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 5086 * - others depends on the specific operations implementation. 5087 */ 5088 int rte_eth_dev_get_reg_info(uint16_t port_id, struct rte_dev_reg_info *info); 5089 5090 /** 5091 * Retrieve size of device EEPROM 5092 * 5093 * @param port_id 5094 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5095 * @return 5096 * - (>=0) EEPROM size if successful. 5097 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 5098 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 5099 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 5100 * - others depends on the specific operations implementation. 5101 */ 5102 int rte_eth_dev_get_eeprom_length(uint16_t port_id); 5103 5104 /** 5105 * Retrieve EEPROM and EEPROM attribute 5106 * 5107 * @param port_id 5108 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5109 * @param info 5110 * The template includes buffer for return EEPROM data and 5111 * EEPROM attributes to be filled. 5112 * @return 5113 * - (0) if successful. 5114 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 5115 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 5116 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 5117 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 5118 * - others depends on the specific operations implementation. 5119 */ 5120 int rte_eth_dev_get_eeprom(uint16_t port_id, struct rte_dev_eeprom_info *info); 5121 5122 /** 5123 * Program EEPROM with provided data 5124 * 5125 * @param port_id 5126 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5127 * @param info 5128 * The template includes EEPROM data for programming and 5129 * EEPROM attributes to be filled 5130 * @return 5131 * - (0) if successful. 5132 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 5133 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 5134 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 5135 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 5136 * - others depends on the specific operations implementation. 5137 */ 5138 int rte_eth_dev_set_eeprom(uint16_t port_id, struct rte_dev_eeprom_info *info); 5139 5140 /** 5141 * @warning 5142 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice. 5143 * 5144 * Retrieve the type and size of plugin module EEPROM 5145 * 5146 * @param port_id 5147 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5148 * @param modinfo 5149 * The type and size of plugin module EEPROM. 5150 * @return 5151 * - (0) if successful. 5152 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 5153 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 5154 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 5155 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 5156 * - others depends on the specific operations implementation. 5157 */ 5158 __rte_experimental 5159 int 5160 rte_eth_dev_get_module_info(uint16_t port_id, 5161 struct rte_eth_dev_module_info *modinfo); 5162 5163 /** 5164 * @warning 5165 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice. 5166 * 5167 * Retrieve the data of plugin module EEPROM 5168 * 5169 * @param port_id 5170 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5171 * @param info 5172 * The template includes the plugin module EEPROM attributes, and the 5173 * buffer for return plugin module EEPROM data. 5174 * @return 5175 * - (0) if successful. 5176 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 5177 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 5178 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 5179 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 5180 * - others depends on the specific operations implementation. 5181 */ 5182 __rte_experimental 5183 int 5184 rte_eth_dev_get_module_eeprom(uint16_t port_id, 5185 struct rte_dev_eeprom_info *info); 5186 5187 /** 5188 * Set the list of multicast addresses to filter on an Ethernet device. 5189 * 5190 * @param port_id 5191 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5192 * @param mc_addr_set 5193 * The array of multicast addresses to set. Equal to NULL when the function 5194 * is invoked to flush the set of filtered addresses. 5195 * @param nb_mc_addr 5196 * The number of multicast addresses in the *mc_addr_set* array. Equal to 0 5197 * when the function is invoked to flush the set of filtered addresses. 5198 * @return 5199 * - (0) if successful. 5200 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 5201 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 5202 * - (-ENOTSUP) if PMD of *port_id* doesn't support multicast filtering. 5203 * - (-ENOSPC) if *port_id* has not enough multicast filtering resources. 5204 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 5205 */ 5206 int rte_eth_dev_set_mc_addr_list(uint16_t port_id, 5207 struct rte_ether_addr *mc_addr_set, 5208 uint32_t nb_mc_addr); 5209 5210 /** 5211 * Enable IEEE1588/802.1AS timestamping for an Ethernet device. 5212 * 5213 * @param port_id 5214 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5215 * 5216 * @return 5217 * - 0: Success. 5218 * - -ENODEV: The port ID is invalid. 5219 * - -EIO: if device is removed. 5220 * - -ENOTSUP: The function is not supported by the Ethernet driver. 5221 */ 5222 int rte_eth_timesync_enable(uint16_t port_id); 5223 5224 /** 5225 * Disable IEEE1588/802.1AS timestamping for an Ethernet device. 5226 * 5227 * @param port_id 5228 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5229 * 5230 * @return 5231 * - 0: Success. 5232 * - -ENODEV: The port ID is invalid. 5233 * - -EIO: if device is removed. 5234 * - -ENOTSUP: The function is not supported by the Ethernet driver. 5235 */ 5236 int rte_eth_timesync_disable(uint16_t port_id); 5237 5238 /** 5239 * Read an IEEE1588/802.1AS Rx timestamp from an Ethernet device. 5240 * 5241 * @param port_id 5242 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5243 * @param timestamp 5244 * Pointer to the timestamp struct. 5245 * @param flags 5246 * Device specific flags. Used to pass the Rx timesync register index to 5247 * i40e. Unused in igb/ixgbe, pass 0 instead. 5248 * 5249 * @return 5250 * - 0: Success. 5251 * - -EINVAL: No timestamp is available. 5252 * - -ENODEV: The port ID is invalid. 5253 * - -EIO: if device is removed. 5254 * - -ENOTSUP: The function is not supported by the Ethernet driver. 5255 */ 5256 int rte_eth_timesync_read_rx_timestamp(uint16_t port_id, 5257 struct timespec *timestamp, uint32_t flags); 5258 5259 /** 5260 * Read an IEEE1588/802.1AS Tx timestamp from an Ethernet device. 5261 * 5262 * @param port_id 5263 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5264 * @param timestamp 5265 * Pointer to the timestamp struct. 5266 * 5267 * @return 5268 * - 0: Success. 5269 * - -EINVAL: No timestamp is available. 5270 * - -ENODEV: The port ID is invalid. 5271 * - -EIO: if device is removed. 5272 * - -ENOTSUP: The function is not supported by the Ethernet driver. 5273 */ 5274 int rte_eth_timesync_read_tx_timestamp(uint16_t port_id, 5275 struct timespec *timestamp); 5276 5277 /** 5278 * Adjust the timesync clock on an Ethernet device. 5279 * 5280 * This is usually used in conjunction with other Ethdev timesync functions to 5281 * synchronize the device time using the IEEE1588/802.1AS protocol. 5282 * 5283 * @param port_id 5284 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5285 * @param delta 5286 * The adjustment in nanoseconds. 5287 * 5288 * @return 5289 * - 0: Success. 5290 * - -ENODEV: The port ID is invalid. 5291 * - -EIO: if device is removed. 5292 * - -ENOTSUP: The function is not supported by the Ethernet driver. 5293 */ 5294 int rte_eth_timesync_adjust_time(uint16_t port_id, int64_t delta); 5295 5296 /** 5297 * Read the time from the timesync clock on an Ethernet device. 5298 * 5299 * This is usually used in conjunction with other Ethdev timesync functions to 5300 * synchronize the device time using the IEEE1588/802.1AS protocol. 5301 * 5302 * @param port_id 5303 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5304 * @param time 5305 * Pointer to the timespec struct that holds the time. 5306 * 5307 * @return 5308 * - 0: Success. 5309 * - -EINVAL: Bad parameter. 5310 */ 5311 int rte_eth_timesync_read_time(uint16_t port_id, struct timespec *time); 5312 5313 /** 5314 * Set the time of the timesync clock on an Ethernet device. 5315 * 5316 * This is usually used in conjunction with other Ethdev timesync functions to 5317 * synchronize the device time using the IEEE1588/802.1AS protocol. 5318 * 5319 * @param port_id 5320 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5321 * @param time 5322 * Pointer to the timespec struct that holds the time. 5323 * 5324 * @return 5325 * - 0: Success. 5326 * - -EINVAL: No timestamp is available. 5327 * - -ENODEV: The port ID is invalid. 5328 * - -EIO: if device is removed. 5329 * - -ENOTSUP: The function is not supported by the Ethernet driver. 5330 */ 5331 int rte_eth_timesync_write_time(uint16_t port_id, const struct timespec *time); 5332 5333 /** 5334 * @warning 5335 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice. 5336 * 5337 * Read the current clock counter of an Ethernet device 5338 * 5339 * This returns the current raw clock value of an Ethernet device. It is 5340 * a raw amount of ticks, with no given time reference. 5341 * The value returned here is from the same clock than the one 5342 * filling timestamp field of Rx packets when using hardware timestamp 5343 * offload. Therefore it can be used to compute a precise conversion of 5344 * the device clock to the real time. 5345 * 5346 * E.g, a simple heuristic to derivate the frequency would be: 5347 * uint64_t start, end; 5348 * rte_eth_read_clock(port, start); 5349 * rte_delay_ms(100); 5350 * rte_eth_read_clock(port, end); 5351 * double freq = (end - start) * 10; 5352 * 5353 * Compute a common reference with: 5354 * uint64_t base_time_sec = current_time(); 5355 * uint64_t base_clock; 5356 * rte_eth_read_clock(port, base_clock); 5357 * 5358 * Then, convert the raw mbuf timestamp with: 5359 * base_time_sec + (double)(*timestamp_dynfield(mbuf) - base_clock) / freq; 5360 * 5361 * This simple example will not provide a very good accuracy. One must 5362 * at least measure multiple times the frequency and do a regression. 5363 * To avoid deviation from the system time, the common reference can 5364 * be repeated from time to time. The integer division can also be 5365 * converted by a multiplication and a shift for better performance. 5366 * 5367 * @param port_id 5368 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5369 * @param clock 5370 * Pointer to the uint64_t that holds the raw clock value. 5371 * 5372 * @return 5373 * - 0: Success. 5374 * - -ENODEV: The port ID is invalid. 5375 * - -ENOTSUP: The function is not supported by the Ethernet driver. 5376 * - -EINVAL: if bad parameter. 5377 */ 5378 __rte_experimental 5379 int 5380 rte_eth_read_clock(uint16_t port_id, uint64_t *clock); 5381 5382 /** 5383 * Get the port ID from device name. 5384 * The device name should be specified as below: 5385 * - PCIe address (Domain:Bus:Device.Function), for example- 0000:2:00.0 5386 * - SoC device name, for example- fsl-gmac0 5387 * - vdev dpdk name, for example- net_[pcap0|null0|tap0] 5388 * 5389 * @param name 5390 * PCI address or name of the device. 5391 * @param port_id 5392 * Pointer to port identifier of the device. 5393 * @return 5394 * - (0) if successful and port_id is filled. 5395 * - (-ENODEV or -EINVAL) on failure. 5396 */ 5397 int 5398 rte_eth_dev_get_port_by_name(const char *name, uint16_t *port_id); 5399 5400 /** 5401 * Get the device name from port ID. 5402 * The device name is specified as below: 5403 * - PCIe address (Domain:Bus:Device.Function), for example- 0000:02:00.0 5404 * - SoC device name, for example- fsl-gmac0 5405 * - vdev dpdk name, for example- net_[pcap0|null0|tun0|tap0] 5406 * 5407 * @param port_id 5408 * Port identifier of the device. 5409 * @param name 5410 * Buffer of size RTE_ETH_NAME_MAX_LEN to store the name. 5411 * @return 5412 * - (0) if successful. 5413 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* is invalid. 5414 * - (-EINVAL) on failure. 5415 */ 5416 int 5417 rte_eth_dev_get_name_by_port(uint16_t port_id, char *name); 5418 5419 /** 5420 * Check that numbers of Rx and Tx descriptors satisfy descriptors limits from 5421 * the Ethernet device information, otherwise adjust them to boundaries. 5422 * 5423 * @param port_id 5424 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5425 * @param nb_rx_desc 5426 * A pointer to a uint16_t where the number of receive 5427 * descriptors stored. 5428 * @param nb_tx_desc 5429 * A pointer to a uint16_t where the number of transmit 5430 * descriptors stored. 5431 * @return 5432 * - (0) if successful. 5433 * - (-ENOTSUP, -ENODEV or -EINVAL) on failure. 5434 */ 5435 int rte_eth_dev_adjust_nb_rx_tx_desc(uint16_t port_id, 5436 uint16_t *nb_rx_desc, 5437 uint16_t *nb_tx_desc); 5438 5439 /** 5440 * Test if a port supports specific mempool ops. 5441 * 5442 * @param port_id 5443 * Port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5444 * @param [in] pool 5445 * The name of the pool operations to test. 5446 * @return 5447 * - 0: best mempool ops choice for this port. 5448 * - 1: mempool ops are supported for this port. 5449 * - -ENOTSUP: mempool ops not supported for this port. 5450 * - -ENODEV: Invalid port Identifier. 5451 * - -EINVAL: Pool param is null. 5452 */ 5453 int 5454 rte_eth_dev_pool_ops_supported(uint16_t port_id, const char *pool); 5455 5456 /** 5457 * Get the security context for the Ethernet device. 5458 * 5459 * @param port_id 5460 * Port identifier of the Ethernet device 5461 * @return 5462 * - NULL on error. 5463 * - pointer to security context on success. 5464 */ 5465 void * 5466 rte_eth_dev_get_sec_ctx(uint16_t port_id); 5467 5468 /** 5469 * @warning 5470 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 5471 * 5472 * Query the device hairpin capabilities. 5473 * 5474 * @param port_id 5475 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5476 * @param cap 5477 * Pointer to a structure that will hold the hairpin capabilities. 5478 * @return 5479 * - (0) if successful. 5480 * - (-ENOTSUP) if hardware doesn't support. 5481 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 5482 */ 5483 __rte_experimental 5484 int rte_eth_dev_hairpin_capability_get(uint16_t port_id, 5485 struct rte_eth_hairpin_cap *cap); 5486 5487 /** 5488 * @warning 5489 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this structure may change without prior notice. 5490 * 5491 * Ethernet device representor ID range entry 5492 */ 5493 struct rte_eth_representor_range { 5494 enum rte_eth_representor_type type; /**< Representor type */ 5495 int controller; /**< Controller index */ 5496 int pf; /**< Physical function index */ 5497 __extension__ 5498 union { 5499 int vf; /**< VF start index */ 5500 int sf; /**< SF start index */ 5501 }; 5502 uint32_t id_base; /**< Representor ID start index */ 5503 uint32_t id_end; /**< Representor ID end index */ 5504 char name[RTE_DEV_NAME_MAX_LEN]; /**< Representor name */ 5505 }; 5506 5507 /** 5508 * @warning 5509 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this structure may change without prior notice. 5510 * 5511 * Ethernet device representor information 5512 */ 5513 struct rte_eth_representor_info { 5514 uint16_t controller; /**< Controller ID of caller device. */ 5515 uint16_t pf; /**< Physical function ID of caller device. */ 5516 uint32_t nb_ranges_alloc; /**< Size of the ranges array. */ 5517 uint32_t nb_ranges; /**< Number of initialized ranges. */ 5518 struct rte_eth_representor_range ranges[];/**< Representor ID range. */ 5519 }; 5520 5521 /** 5522 * Retrieve the representor info of the device. 5523 * 5524 * Get device representor info to be able to calculate a unique 5525 * representor ID. @see rte_eth_representor_id_get helper. 5526 * 5527 * @param port_id 5528 * The port identifier of the device. 5529 * @param info 5530 * A pointer to a representor info structure. 5531 * NULL to return number of range entries and allocate memory 5532 * for next call to store detail. 5533 * The number of ranges that were written into this structure 5534 * will be placed into its nb_ranges field. This number cannot be 5535 * larger than the nb_ranges_alloc that by the user before calling 5536 * this function. It can be smaller than the value returned by the 5537 * function, however. 5538 * @return 5539 * - (-ENOTSUP) if operation is not supported. 5540 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 5541 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 5542 * - (>=0) number of available representor range entries. 5543 */ 5544 __rte_experimental 5545 int rte_eth_representor_info_get(uint16_t port_id, 5546 struct rte_eth_representor_info *info); 5547 5548 /** The NIC is able to deliver flag (if set) with packets to the PMD. */ 5549 #define RTE_ETH_RX_METADATA_USER_FLAG RTE_BIT64(0) 5550 5551 /** The NIC is able to deliver mark ID with packets to the PMD. */ 5552 #define RTE_ETH_RX_METADATA_USER_MARK RTE_BIT64(1) 5553 5554 /** The NIC is able to deliver tunnel ID with packets to the PMD. */ 5555 #define RTE_ETH_RX_METADATA_TUNNEL_ID RTE_BIT64(2) 5556 5557 /** 5558 * Negotiate the NIC's ability to deliver specific kinds of metadata to the PMD. 5559 * 5560 * Invoke this API before the first rte_eth_dev_configure() invocation 5561 * to let the PMD make preparations that are inconvenient to do later. 5562 * 5563 * The negotiation process is as follows: 5564 * 5565 * - the application requests features intending to use at least some of them; 5566 * - the PMD responds with the guaranteed subset of the requested feature set; 5567 * - the application can retry negotiation with another set of features; 5568 * - the application can pass zero to clear the negotiation result; 5569 * - the last negotiated result takes effect upon 5570 * the ethdev configure and start. 5571 * 5572 * @note 5573 * The PMD is supposed to first consider enabling the requested feature set 5574 * in its entirety. Only if it fails to do so, does it have the right to 5575 * respond with a smaller set of the originally requested features. 5576 * 5577 * @note 5578 * Return code (-ENOTSUP) does not necessarily mean that the requested 5579 * features are unsupported. In this case, the application should just 5580 * assume that these features can be used without prior negotiations. 5581 * 5582 * @param port_id 5583 * Port (ethdev) identifier 5584 * 5585 * @param[inout] features 5586 * Feature selection buffer 5587 * 5588 * @return 5589 * - (-EBUSY) if the port can't handle this in its current state; 5590 * - (-ENOTSUP) if the method itself is not supported by the PMD; 5591 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* is invalid; 5592 * - (-EINVAL) if *features* is NULL; 5593 * - (-EIO) if the device is removed; 5594 * - (0) on success 5595 */ 5596 int rte_eth_rx_metadata_negotiate(uint16_t port_id, uint64_t *features); 5597 5598 /** Flag to offload IP reassembly for IPv4 packets. */ 5599 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_REASSEMBLY_F_IPV4 (RTE_BIT32(0)) 5600 /** Flag to offload IP reassembly for IPv6 packets. */ 5601 #define RTE_ETH_DEV_REASSEMBLY_F_IPV6 (RTE_BIT32(1)) 5602 5603 /** 5604 * A structure used to get/set IP reassembly configuration. It is also used 5605 * to get the maximum capability values that a PMD can support. 5606 * 5607 * If rte_eth_ip_reassembly_capability_get() returns 0, IP reassembly can be 5608 * enabled using rte_eth_ip_reassembly_conf_set() and params values lower than 5609 * capability params can be set in the PMD. 5610 */ 5611 struct rte_eth_ip_reassembly_params { 5612 /** Maximum time in ms which PMD can wait for other fragments. */ 5613 uint32_t timeout_ms; 5614 /** Maximum number of fragments that can be reassembled. */ 5615 uint16_t max_frags; 5616 /** 5617 * Flags to enable reassembly of packet types - 5618 * RTE_ETH_DEV_REASSEMBLY_F_xxx. 5619 */ 5620 uint16_t flags; 5621 }; 5622 5623 /** 5624 * @warning 5625 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice 5626 * 5627 * Get IP reassembly capabilities supported by the PMD. This is the first API 5628 * to be called for enabling the IP reassembly offload feature. PMD will return 5629 * the maximum values of parameters that PMD can support and user can call 5630 * rte_eth_ip_reassembly_conf_set() with param values lower than capability. 5631 * 5632 * @param port_id 5633 * The port identifier of the device. 5634 * @param capa 5635 * A pointer to rte_eth_ip_reassembly_params structure. 5636 * @return 5637 * - (-ENOTSUP) if offload configuration is not supported by device. 5638 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 5639 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 5640 * - (-EINVAL) if device is not configured or *capa* passed is NULL. 5641 * - (0) on success. 5642 */ 5643 __rte_experimental 5644 int rte_eth_ip_reassembly_capability_get(uint16_t port_id, 5645 struct rte_eth_ip_reassembly_params *capa); 5646 5647 /** 5648 * @warning 5649 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice 5650 * 5651 * Get IP reassembly configuration parameters currently set in PMD. 5652 * The API will return error if the configuration is not already 5653 * set using rte_eth_ip_reassembly_conf_set() before calling this API or if 5654 * the device is not configured. 5655 * 5656 * @param port_id 5657 * The port identifier of the device. 5658 * @param conf 5659 * A pointer to rte_eth_ip_reassembly_params structure. 5660 * @return 5661 * - (-ENOTSUP) if offload configuration is not supported by device. 5662 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 5663 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 5664 * - (-EINVAL) if device is not configured or if *conf* passed is NULL or if 5665 * configuration is not set using rte_eth_ip_reassembly_conf_set(). 5666 * - (0) on success. 5667 */ 5668 __rte_experimental 5669 int rte_eth_ip_reassembly_conf_get(uint16_t port_id, 5670 struct rte_eth_ip_reassembly_params *conf); 5671 5672 /** 5673 * @warning 5674 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice 5675 * 5676 * Set IP reassembly configuration parameters if the PMD supports IP reassembly 5677 * offload. User should first call rte_eth_ip_reassembly_capability_get() to 5678 * check the maximum values supported by the PMD before setting the 5679 * configuration. The use of this API is mandatory to enable this feature and 5680 * should be called before rte_eth_dev_start(). 5681 * 5682 * In datapath, PMD cannot guarantee that IP reassembly is always successful. 5683 * Hence, PMD shall register mbuf dynamic field and dynamic flag using 5684 * rte_eth_ip_reassembly_dynfield_register() to denote incomplete IP reassembly. 5685 * If dynfield is not successfully registered, error will be returned and 5686 * IP reassembly offload cannot be used. 5687 * 5688 * @param port_id 5689 * The port identifier of the device. 5690 * @param conf 5691 * A pointer to rte_eth_ip_reassembly_params structure. 5692 * @return 5693 * - (-ENOTSUP) if offload configuration is not supported by device. 5694 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 5695 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 5696 * - (-EINVAL) if device is not configured or if device is already started or 5697 * if *conf* passed is NULL or if mbuf dynfield is not registered 5698 * successfully by the PMD. 5699 * - (0) on success. 5700 */ 5701 __rte_experimental 5702 int rte_eth_ip_reassembly_conf_set(uint16_t port_id, 5703 const struct rte_eth_ip_reassembly_params *conf); 5704 5705 /** 5706 * In case of IP reassembly offload failure, packet will be updated with 5707 * dynamic flag - RTE_MBUF_DYNFLAG_IP_REASSEMBLY_INCOMPLETE_NAME and packets 5708 * will be returned without alteration. 5709 * The application can retrieve the attached fragments using mbuf dynamic field 5710 * RTE_MBUF_DYNFIELD_IP_REASSEMBLY_NAME. 5711 */ 5712 typedef struct { 5713 /** 5714 * Next fragment packet. Application should fetch dynamic field of 5715 * each fragment until a NULL is received and nb_frags is 0. 5716 */ 5717 struct rte_mbuf *next_frag; 5718 /** Time spent(in ms) by HW in waiting for further fragments. */ 5719 uint16_t time_spent; 5720 /** Number of more fragments attached in mbuf dynamic fields. */ 5721 uint16_t nb_frags; 5722 } rte_eth_ip_reassembly_dynfield_t; 5723 5724 /** 5725 * @warning 5726 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 5727 * 5728 * Dump private info from device to a file. Provided data and the order depends 5729 * on the PMD. 5730 * 5731 * @param port_id 5732 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5733 * @param file 5734 * A pointer to a file for output. 5735 * @return 5736 * - (0) on success. 5737 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* is invalid. 5738 * - (-EINVAL) if null file. 5739 * - (-ENOTSUP) if the device does not support this function. 5740 * - (-EIO) if device is removed. 5741 */ 5742 __rte_experimental 5743 int rte_eth_dev_priv_dump(uint16_t port_id, FILE *file); 5744 5745 /** 5746 * @warning 5747 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 5748 * 5749 * Dump ethdev Rx descriptor info to a file. 5750 * 5751 * This API is used for debugging, not a dataplane API. 5752 * 5753 * @param port_id 5754 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5755 * @param queue_id 5756 * A Rx queue identifier on this port. 5757 * @param offset 5758 * The offset of the descriptor starting from tail. (0 is the next 5759 * packet to be received by the driver). 5760 * @param num 5761 * The number of the descriptors to dump. 5762 * @param file 5763 * A pointer to a file for output. 5764 * @return 5765 * - On success, zero. 5766 * - On failure, a negative value. 5767 */ 5768 __rte_experimental 5769 int rte_eth_rx_descriptor_dump(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 5770 uint16_t offset, uint16_t num, FILE *file); 5771 5772 /** 5773 * @warning 5774 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 5775 * 5776 * Dump ethdev Tx descriptor info to a file. 5777 * 5778 * This API is used for debugging, not a dataplane API. 5779 * 5780 * @param port_id 5781 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5782 * @param queue_id 5783 * A Tx queue identifier on this port. 5784 * @param offset 5785 * The offset of the descriptor starting from tail. (0 is the place where 5786 * the next packet will be send). 5787 * @param num 5788 * The number of the descriptors to dump. 5789 * @param file 5790 * A pointer to a file for output. 5791 * @return 5792 * - On success, zero. 5793 * - On failure, a negative value. 5794 */ 5795 __rte_experimental 5796 int rte_eth_tx_descriptor_dump(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 5797 uint16_t offset, uint16_t num, FILE *file); 5798 5799 5800 /* Congestion management */ 5801 5802 /** Enumerate list of ethdev congestion management objects */ 5803 enum rte_eth_cman_obj { 5804 /** Congestion management based on Rx queue depth */ 5805 RTE_ETH_CMAN_OBJ_RX_QUEUE = RTE_BIT32(0), 5806 /** 5807 * Congestion management based on mempool depth associated with Rx queue 5808 * @see rte_eth_rx_queue_setup() 5809 */ 5810 RTE_ETH_CMAN_OBJ_RX_QUEUE_MEMPOOL = RTE_BIT32(1), 5811 }; 5812 5813 /** 5814 * @warning 5815 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this structure may change, or be removed, without prior notice 5816 * 5817 * A structure used to retrieve information of ethdev congestion management. 5818 */ 5819 struct rte_eth_cman_info { 5820 /** 5821 * Set of supported congestion management modes 5822 * @see enum rte_cman_mode 5823 */ 5824 uint64_t modes_supported; 5825 /** 5826 * Set of supported congestion management objects 5827 * @see enum rte_eth_cman_obj 5828 */ 5829 uint64_t objs_supported; 5830 /** 5831 * Reserved for future fields. Always returned as 0 when 5832 * rte_eth_cman_info_get() is invoked 5833 */ 5834 uint8_t rsvd[8]; 5835 }; 5836 5837 /** 5838 * @warning 5839 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this structure may change, or be removed, without prior notice 5840 * 5841 * A structure used to configure the ethdev congestion management. 5842 */ 5843 struct rte_eth_cman_config { 5844 /** Congestion management object */ 5845 enum rte_eth_cman_obj obj; 5846 /** Congestion management mode */ 5847 enum rte_cman_mode mode; 5848 union { 5849 /** 5850 * Rx queue to configure congestion management. 5851 * 5852 * Valid when object is RTE_ETH_CMAN_OBJ_RX_QUEUE or 5853 * RTE_ETH_CMAN_OBJ_RX_QUEUE_MEMPOOL. 5854 */ 5855 uint16_t rx_queue; 5856 /** 5857 * Reserved for future fields. 5858 * It must be set to 0 when rte_eth_cman_config_set() is invoked 5859 * and will be returned as 0 when rte_eth_cman_config_get() is 5860 * invoked. 5861 */ 5862 uint8_t rsvd_obj_params[4]; 5863 } obj_param; 5864 union { 5865 /** 5866 * RED configuration parameters. 5867 * 5868 * Valid when mode is RTE_CMAN_RED. 5869 */ 5870 struct rte_cman_red_params red; 5871 /** 5872 * Reserved for future fields. 5873 * It must be set to 0 when rte_eth_cman_config_set() is invoked 5874 * and will be returned as 0 when rte_eth_cman_config_get() is 5875 * invoked. 5876 */ 5877 uint8_t rsvd_mode_params[4]; 5878 } mode_param; 5879 }; 5880 5881 /** 5882 * @warning 5883 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 5884 * 5885 * Retrieve the information for ethdev congestion management 5886 * 5887 * @param port_id 5888 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5889 * @param info 5890 * A pointer to a structure of type *rte_eth_cman_info* to be filled with 5891 * the information about congestion management. 5892 * @return 5893 * - (0) if successful. 5894 * - (-ENOTSUP) if support for cman_info_get does not exist. 5895 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 5896 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 5897 */ 5898 __rte_experimental 5899 int rte_eth_cman_info_get(uint16_t port_id, struct rte_eth_cman_info *info); 5900 5901 /** 5902 * @warning 5903 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 5904 * 5905 * Initialize the ethdev congestion management configuration structure with default values. 5906 * 5907 * @param port_id 5908 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5909 * @param config 5910 * A pointer to a structure of type *rte_eth_cman_config* to be initialized 5911 * with default value. 5912 * @return 5913 * - (0) if successful. 5914 * - (-ENOTSUP) if support for cman_config_init does not exist. 5915 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 5916 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 5917 */ 5918 __rte_experimental 5919 int rte_eth_cman_config_init(uint16_t port_id, struct rte_eth_cman_config *config); 5920 5921 /** 5922 * @warning 5923 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 5924 * 5925 * Configure ethdev congestion management 5926 * 5927 * @param port_id 5928 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5929 * @param config 5930 * A pointer to a structure of type *rte_eth_cman_config* to be configured. 5931 * @return 5932 * - (0) if successful. 5933 * - (-ENOTSUP) if support for cman_config_set does not exist. 5934 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 5935 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 5936 */ 5937 __rte_experimental 5938 int rte_eth_cman_config_set(uint16_t port_id, const struct rte_eth_cman_config *config); 5939 5940 /** 5941 * @warning 5942 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 5943 * 5944 * Retrieve the applied ethdev congestion management parameters for the given port. 5945 * 5946 * @param port_id 5947 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5948 * @param config 5949 * A pointer to a structure of type *rte_eth_cman_config* to retrieve 5950 * congestion management parameters for the given object. 5951 * Application must fill all parameters except mode_param parameter in 5952 * struct rte_eth_cman_config. 5953 * 5954 * @return 5955 * - (0) if successful. 5956 * - (-ENOTSUP) if support for cman_config_get does not exist. 5957 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 5958 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 5959 */ 5960 __rte_experimental 5961 int rte_eth_cman_config_get(uint16_t port_id, struct rte_eth_cman_config *config); 5962 5963 #include <rte_ethdev_core.h> 5964 5965 #ifdef __cplusplus 5966 extern "C" { 5967 #endif 5968 5969 /** 5970 * @internal 5971 * Helper routine for rte_eth_rx_burst(). 5972 * Should be called at exit from PMD's rte_eth_rx_bulk implementation. 5973 * Does necessary post-processing - invokes Rx callbacks if any, etc. 5974 * 5975 * @param port_id 5976 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 5977 * @param queue_id 5978 * The index of the receive queue from which to retrieve input packets. 5979 * @param rx_pkts 5980 * The address of an array of pointers to *rte_mbuf* structures that 5981 * have been retrieved from the device. 5982 * @param nb_rx 5983 * The number of packets that were retrieved from the device. 5984 * @param nb_pkts 5985 * The number of elements in @p rx_pkts array. 5986 * @param opaque 5987 * Opaque pointer of Rx queue callback related data. 5988 * 5989 * @return 5990 * The number of packets effectively supplied to the @p rx_pkts array. 5991 */ 5992 uint16_t rte_eth_call_rx_callbacks(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 5993 struct rte_mbuf **rx_pkts, uint16_t nb_rx, uint16_t nb_pkts, 5994 void *opaque); 5995 5996 /** 5997 * 5998 * Retrieve a burst of input packets from a receive queue of an Ethernet 5999 * device. The retrieved packets are stored in *rte_mbuf* structures whose 6000 * pointers are supplied in the *rx_pkts* array. 6001 * 6002 * The rte_eth_rx_burst() function loops, parsing the Rx ring of the 6003 * receive queue, up to *nb_pkts* packets, and for each completed Rx 6004 * descriptor in the ring, it performs the following operations: 6005 * 6006 * - Initialize the *rte_mbuf* data structure associated with the 6007 * Rx descriptor according to the information provided by the NIC into 6008 * that Rx descriptor. 6009 * 6010 * - Store the *rte_mbuf* data structure into the next entry of the 6011 * *rx_pkts* array. 6012 * 6013 * - Replenish the Rx descriptor with a new *rte_mbuf* buffer 6014 * allocated from the memory pool associated with the receive queue at 6015 * initialization time. 6016 * 6017 * When retrieving an input packet that was scattered by the controller 6018 * into multiple receive descriptors, the rte_eth_rx_burst() function 6019 * appends the associated *rte_mbuf* buffers to the first buffer of the 6020 * packet. 6021 * 6022 * The rte_eth_rx_burst() function returns the number of packets 6023 * actually retrieved, which is the number of *rte_mbuf* data structures 6024 * effectively supplied into the *rx_pkts* array. 6025 * A return value equal to *nb_pkts* indicates that the Rx queue contained 6026 * at least *rx_pkts* packets, and this is likely to signify that other 6027 * received packets remain in the input queue. Applications implementing 6028 * a "retrieve as much received packets as possible" policy can check this 6029 * specific case and keep invoking the rte_eth_rx_burst() function until 6030 * a value less than *nb_pkts* is returned. 6031 * 6032 * This receive method has the following advantages: 6033 * 6034 * - It allows a run-to-completion network stack engine to retrieve and 6035 * to immediately process received packets in a fast burst-oriented 6036 * approach, avoiding the overhead of unnecessary intermediate packet 6037 * queue/dequeue operations. 6038 * 6039 * - Conversely, it also allows an asynchronous-oriented processing 6040 * method to retrieve bursts of received packets and to immediately 6041 * queue them for further parallel processing by another logical core, 6042 * for instance. However, instead of having received packets being 6043 * individually queued by the driver, this approach allows the caller 6044 * of the rte_eth_rx_burst() function to queue a burst of retrieved 6045 * packets at a time and therefore dramatically reduce the cost of 6046 * enqueue/dequeue operations per packet. 6047 * 6048 * - It allows the rte_eth_rx_burst() function of the driver to take 6049 * advantage of burst-oriented hardware features (CPU cache, 6050 * prefetch instructions, and so on) to minimize the number of CPU 6051 * cycles per packet. 6052 * 6053 * To summarize, the proposed receive API enables many 6054 * burst-oriented optimizations in both synchronous and asynchronous 6055 * packet processing environments with no overhead in both cases. 6056 * 6057 * @note 6058 * Some drivers using vector instructions require that *nb_pkts* is 6059 * divisible by 4 or 8, depending on the driver implementation. 6060 * 6061 * The rte_eth_rx_burst() function does not provide any error 6062 * notification to avoid the corresponding overhead. As a hint, the 6063 * upper-level application might check the status of the device link once 6064 * being systematically returned a 0 value for a given number of tries. 6065 * 6066 * @param port_id 6067 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 6068 * @param queue_id 6069 * The index of the receive queue from which to retrieve input packets. 6070 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_rx_queue - 1] previously supplied 6071 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 6072 * @param rx_pkts 6073 * The address of an array of pointers to *rte_mbuf* structures that 6074 * must be large enough to store *nb_pkts* pointers in it. 6075 * @param nb_pkts 6076 * The maximum number of packets to retrieve. 6077 * The value must be divisible by 8 in order to work with any driver. 6078 * @return 6079 * The number of packets actually retrieved, which is the number 6080 * of pointers to *rte_mbuf* structures effectively supplied to the 6081 * *rx_pkts* array. 6082 */ 6083 static inline uint16_t 6084 rte_eth_rx_burst(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 6085 struct rte_mbuf **rx_pkts, const uint16_t nb_pkts) 6086 { 6087 uint16_t nb_rx; 6088 struct rte_eth_fp_ops *p; 6089 void *qd; 6090 6091 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_RX 6092 if (port_id >= RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS || 6093 queue_id >= RTE_MAX_QUEUES_PER_PORT) { 6094 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, 6095 "Invalid port_id=%u or queue_id=%u", 6096 port_id, queue_id); 6097 return 0; 6098 } 6099 #endif 6100 6101 /* fetch pointer to queue data */ 6102 p = &rte_eth_fp_ops[port_id]; 6103 qd = p->rxq.data[queue_id]; 6104 6105 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_RX 6106 RTE_ETH_VALID_PORTID_OR_ERR_RET(port_id, 0); 6107 6108 if (qd == NULL) { 6109 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, "Invalid Rx queue_id=%u for port_id=%u", 6110 queue_id, port_id); 6111 return 0; 6112 } 6113 #endif 6114 6115 nb_rx = p->rx_pkt_burst(qd, rx_pkts, nb_pkts); 6116 6117 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_RXTX_CALLBACKS 6118 { 6119 void *cb; 6120 6121 /* rte_memory_order_release memory order was used when the 6122 * call back was inserted into the list. 6123 * Since there is a clear dependency between loading 6124 * cb and cb->fn/cb->next, rte_memory_order_acquire memory order is 6125 * not required. 6126 */ 6127 cb = rte_atomic_load_explicit(&p->rxq.clbk[queue_id], 6128 rte_memory_order_relaxed); 6129 if (unlikely(cb != NULL)) 6130 nb_rx = rte_eth_call_rx_callbacks(port_id, queue_id, 6131 rx_pkts, nb_rx, nb_pkts, cb); 6132 } 6133 #endif 6134 6135 rte_ethdev_trace_rx_burst(port_id, queue_id, (void **)rx_pkts, nb_rx); 6136 return nb_rx; 6137 } 6138 6139 /** 6140 * Get the number of used descriptors of a Rx queue 6141 * 6142 * Since it's a dataplane function, no check is performed on port_id and 6143 * queue_id. The caller must therefore ensure that the port is enabled 6144 * and the queue is configured and running. 6145 * 6146 * @param port_id 6147 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 6148 * @param queue_id 6149 * The queue ID on the specific port. 6150 * @return 6151 * The number of used descriptors in the specific queue, or: 6152 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* is invalid. 6153 * - (-EINVAL) if *queue_id* is invalid 6154 * - (-ENOTSUP) if the device does not support this function 6155 */ 6156 static inline int 6157 rte_eth_rx_queue_count(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id) 6158 { 6159 struct rte_eth_fp_ops *p; 6160 void *qd; 6161 6162 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_RX 6163 if (port_id >= RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS || 6164 queue_id >= RTE_MAX_QUEUES_PER_PORT) { 6165 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, 6166 "Invalid port_id=%u or queue_id=%u", 6167 port_id, queue_id); 6168 return -EINVAL; 6169 } 6170 #endif 6171 6172 /* fetch pointer to queue data */ 6173 p = &rte_eth_fp_ops[port_id]; 6174 qd = p->rxq.data[queue_id]; 6175 6176 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_RX 6177 RTE_ETH_VALID_PORTID_OR_ERR_RET(port_id, -ENODEV); 6178 if (qd == NULL) 6179 return -EINVAL; 6180 #endif 6181 6182 if (*p->rx_queue_count == NULL) 6183 return -ENOTSUP; 6184 return (int)(*p->rx_queue_count)(qd); 6185 } 6186 6187 /**@{@name Rx hardware descriptor states 6188 * @see rte_eth_rx_descriptor_status 6189 */ 6190 #define RTE_ETH_RX_DESC_AVAIL 0 /**< Desc available for hw. */ 6191 #define RTE_ETH_RX_DESC_DONE 1 /**< Desc done, filled by hw. */ 6192 #define RTE_ETH_RX_DESC_UNAVAIL 2 /**< Desc used by driver or hw. */ 6193 /**@}*/ 6194 6195 /** 6196 * Check the status of a Rx descriptor in the queue 6197 * 6198 * It should be called in a similar context than the Rx function: 6199 * - on a dataplane core 6200 * - not concurrently on the same queue 6201 * 6202 * Since it's a dataplane function, no check is performed on port_id and 6203 * queue_id. The caller must therefore ensure that the port is enabled 6204 * and the queue is configured and running. 6205 * 6206 * Note: accessing to a random descriptor in the ring may trigger cache 6207 * misses and have a performance impact. 6208 * 6209 * @param port_id 6210 * A valid port identifier of the Ethernet device which. 6211 * @param queue_id 6212 * A valid Rx queue identifier on this port. 6213 * @param offset 6214 * The offset of the descriptor starting from tail (0 is the next 6215 * packet to be received by the driver). 6216 * 6217 * @return 6218 * - (RTE_ETH_RX_DESC_AVAIL): Descriptor is available for the hardware to 6219 * receive a packet. 6220 * - (RTE_ETH_RX_DESC_DONE): Descriptor is done, it is filled by hw, but 6221 * not yet processed by the driver (i.e. in the receive queue). 6222 * - (RTE_ETH_RX_DESC_UNAVAIL): Descriptor is unavailable, either hold by 6223 * the driver and not yet returned to hw, or reserved by the hw. 6224 * - (-EINVAL) bad descriptor offset. 6225 * - (-ENOTSUP) if the device does not support this function. 6226 * - (-ENODEV) bad port or queue (only if compiled with debug). 6227 */ 6228 static inline int 6229 rte_eth_rx_descriptor_status(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 6230 uint16_t offset) 6231 { 6232 struct rte_eth_fp_ops *p; 6233 void *qd; 6234 6235 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_RX 6236 if (port_id >= RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS || 6237 queue_id >= RTE_MAX_QUEUES_PER_PORT) { 6238 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, 6239 "Invalid port_id=%u or queue_id=%u", 6240 port_id, queue_id); 6241 return -EINVAL; 6242 } 6243 #endif 6244 6245 /* fetch pointer to queue data */ 6246 p = &rte_eth_fp_ops[port_id]; 6247 qd = p->rxq.data[queue_id]; 6248 6249 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_RX 6250 RTE_ETH_VALID_PORTID_OR_ERR_RET(port_id, -ENODEV); 6251 if (qd == NULL) 6252 return -ENODEV; 6253 #endif 6254 if (*p->rx_descriptor_status == NULL) 6255 return -ENOTSUP; 6256 return (*p->rx_descriptor_status)(qd, offset); 6257 } 6258 6259 /**@{@name Tx hardware descriptor states 6260 * @see rte_eth_tx_descriptor_status 6261 */ 6262 #define RTE_ETH_TX_DESC_FULL 0 /**< Desc filled for hw, waiting xmit. */ 6263 #define RTE_ETH_TX_DESC_DONE 1 /**< Desc done, packet is transmitted. */ 6264 #define RTE_ETH_TX_DESC_UNAVAIL 2 /**< Desc used by driver or hw. */ 6265 /**@}*/ 6266 6267 /** 6268 * Check the status of a Tx descriptor in the queue. 6269 * 6270 * It should be called in a similar context than the Tx function: 6271 * - on a dataplane core 6272 * - not concurrently on the same queue 6273 * 6274 * Since it's a dataplane function, no check is performed on port_id and 6275 * queue_id. The caller must therefore ensure that the port is enabled 6276 * and the queue is configured and running. 6277 * 6278 * Note: accessing to a random descriptor in the ring may trigger cache 6279 * misses and have a performance impact. 6280 * 6281 * @param port_id 6282 * A valid port identifier of the Ethernet device which. 6283 * @param queue_id 6284 * A valid Tx queue identifier on this port. 6285 * @param offset 6286 * The offset of the descriptor starting from tail (0 is the place where 6287 * the next packet will be send). 6288 * 6289 * @return 6290 * - (RTE_ETH_TX_DESC_FULL) Descriptor is being processed by the hw, i.e. 6291 * in the transmit queue. 6292 * - (RTE_ETH_TX_DESC_DONE) Hardware is done with this descriptor, it can 6293 * be reused by the driver. 6294 * - (RTE_ETH_TX_DESC_UNAVAIL): Descriptor is unavailable, reserved by the 6295 * driver or the hardware. 6296 * - (-EINVAL) bad descriptor offset. 6297 * - (-ENOTSUP) if the device does not support this function. 6298 * - (-ENODEV) bad port or queue (only if compiled with debug). 6299 */ 6300 static inline int rte_eth_tx_descriptor_status(uint16_t port_id, 6301 uint16_t queue_id, uint16_t offset) 6302 { 6303 struct rte_eth_fp_ops *p; 6304 void *qd; 6305 6306 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_TX 6307 if (port_id >= RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS || 6308 queue_id >= RTE_MAX_QUEUES_PER_PORT) { 6309 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, 6310 "Invalid port_id=%u or queue_id=%u", 6311 port_id, queue_id); 6312 return -EINVAL; 6313 } 6314 #endif 6315 6316 /* fetch pointer to queue data */ 6317 p = &rte_eth_fp_ops[port_id]; 6318 qd = p->txq.data[queue_id]; 6319 6320 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_TX 6321 RTE_ETH_VALID_PORTID_OR_ERR_RET(port_id, -ENODEV); 6322 if (qd == NULL) 6323 return -ENODEV; 6324 #endif 6325 if (*p->tx_descriptor_status == NULL) 6326 return -ENOTSUP; 6327 return (*p->tx_descriptor_status)(qd, offset); 6328 } 6329 6330 /** 6331 * @internal 6332 * Helper routine for rte_eth_tx_burst(). 6333 * Should be called before entry PMD's rte_eth_tx_bulk implementation. 6334 * Does necessary pre-processing - invokes Tx callbacks if any, etc. 6335 * 6336 * @param port_id 6337 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 6338 * @param queue_id 6339 * The index of the transmit queue through which output packets must be 6340 * sent. 6341 * @param tx_pkts 6342 * The address of an array of *nb_pkts* pointers to *rte_mbuf* structures 6343 * which contain the output packets. 6344 * @param nb_pkts 6345 * The maximum number of packets to transmit. 6346 * @return 6347 * The number of output packets to transmit. 6348 */ 6349 uint16_t rte_eth_call_tx_callbacks(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 6350 struct rte_mbuf **tx_pkts, uint16_t nb_pkts, void *opaque); 6351 6352 /** 6353 * Send a burst of output packets on a transmit queue of an Ethernet device. 6354 * 6355 * The rte_eth_tx_burst() function is invoked to transmit output packets 6356 * on the output queue *queue_id* of the Ethernet device designated by its 6357 * *port_id*. 6358 * The *nb_pkts* parameter is the number of packets to send which are 6359 * supplied in the *tx_pkts* array of *rte_mbuf* structures, each of them 6360 * allocated from a pool created with rte_pktmbuf_pool_create(). 6361 * The rte_eth_tx_burst() function loops, sending *nb_pkts* packets, 6362 * up to the number of transmit descriptors available in the Tx ring of the 6363 * transmit queue. 6364 * For each packet to send, the rte_eth_tx_burst() function performs 6365 * the following operations: 6366 * 6367 * - Pick up the next available descriptor in the transmit ring. 6368 * 6369 * - Free the network buffer previously sent with that descriptor, if any. 6370 * 6371 * - Initialize the transmit descriptor with the information provided 6372 * in the *rte_mbuf data structure. 6373 * 6374 * In the case of a segmented packet composed of a list of *rte_mbuf* buffers, 6375 * the rte_eth_tx_burst() function uses several transmit descriptors 6376 * of the ring. 6377 * 6378 * The rte_eth_tx_burst() function returns the number of packets it 6379 * actually sent. A return value equal to *nb_pkts* means that all packets 6380 * have been sent, and this is likely to signify that other output packets 6381 * could be immediately transmitted again. Applications that implement a 6382 * "send as many packets to transmit as possible" policy can check this 6383 * specific case and keep invoking the rte_eth_tx_burst() function until 6384 * a value less than *nb_pkts* is returned. 6385 * 6386 * It is the responsibility of the rte_eth_tx_burst() function to 6387 * transparently free the memory buffers of packets previously sent. 6388 * This feature is driven by the *tx_free_thresh* value supplied to the 6389 * rte_eth_dev_configure() function at device configuration time. 6390 * When the number of free Tx descriptors drops below this threshold, the 6391 * rte_eth_tx_burst() function must [attempt to] free the *rte_mbuf* buffers 6392 * of those packets whose transmission was effectively completed. 6393 * 6394 * If the PMD is RTE_ETH_TX_OFFLOAD_MT_LOCKFREE capable, multiple threads can 6395 * invoke this function concurrently on the same Tx queue without SW lock. 6396 * @see rte_eth_dev_info_get, struct rte_eth_txconf::offloads 6397 * 6398 * @see rte_eth_tx_prepare to perform some prior checks or adjustments 6399 * for offloads. 6400 * 6401 * @note This function must not modify mbufs (including packets data) 6402 * unless the refcnt is 1. 6403 * An exception is the bonding PMD, which does not have "Tx prepare" support, 6404 * in this case, mbufs may be modified. 6405 * 6406 * @param port_id 6407 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 6408 * @param queue_id 6409 * The index of the transmit queue through which output packets must be 6410 * sent. 6411 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_tx_queue - 1] previously supplied 6412 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 6413 * @param tx_pkts 6414 * The address of an array of *nb_pkts* pointers to *rte_mbuf* structures 6415 * which contain the output packets. 6416 * @param nb_pkts 6417 * The maximum number of packets to transmit. 6418 * @return 6419 * The number of output packets actually stored in transmit descriptors of 6420 * the transmit ring. The return value can be less than the value of the 6421 * *tx_pkts* parameter when the transmit ring is full or has been filled up. 6422 */ 6423 static inline uint16_t 6424 rte_eth_tx_burst(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 6425 struct rte_mbuf **tx_pkts, uint16_t nb_pkts) 6426 { 6427 struct rte_eth_fp_ops *p; 6428 void *qd; 6429 6430 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_TX 6431 if (port_id >= RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS || 6432 queue_id >= RTE_MAX_QUEUES_PER_PORT) { 6433 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, 6434 "Invalid port_id=%u or queue_id=%u", 6435 port_id, queue_id); 6436 return 0; 6437 } 6438 #endif 6439 6440 /* fetch pointer to queue data */ 6441 p = &rte_eth_fp_ops[port_id]; 6442 qd = p->txq.data[queue_id]; 6443 6444 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_TX 6445 RTE_ETH_VALID_PORTID_OR_ERR_RET(port_id, 0); 6446 6447 if (qd == NULL) { 6448 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, "Invalid Tx queue_id=%u for port_id=%u", 6449 queue_id, port_id); 6450 return 0; 6451 } 6452 #endif 6453 6454 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_RXTX_CALLBACKS 6455 { 6456 void *cb; 6457 6458 /* rte_memory_order_release memory order was used when the 6459 * call back was inserted into the list. 6460 * Since there is a clear dependency between loading 6461 * cb and cb->fn/cb->next, rte_memory_order_acquire memory order is 6462 * not required. 6463 */ 6464 cb = rte_atomic_load_explicit(&p->txq.clbk[queue_id], 6465 rte_memory_order_relaxed); 6466 if (unlikely(cb != NULL)) 6467 nb_pkts = rte_eth_call_tx_callbacks(port_id, queue_id, 6468 tx_pkts, nb_pkts, cb); 6469 } 6470 #endif 6471 6472 nb_pkts = p->tx_pkt_burst(qd, tx_pkts, nb_pkts); 6473 6474 rte_ethdev_trace_tx_burst(port_id, queue_id, (void **)tx_pkts, nb_pkts); 6475 return nb_pkts; 6476 } 6477 6478 /** 6479 * Process a burst of output packets on a transmit queue of an Ethernet device. 6480 * 6481 * The rte_eth_tx_prepare() function is invoked to prepare output packets to be 6482 * transmitted on the output queue *queue_id* of the Ethernet device designated 6483 * by its *port_id*. 6484 * The *nb_pkts* parameter is the number of packets to be prepared which are 6485 * supplied in the *tx_pkts* array of *rte_mbuf* structures, each of them 6486 * allocated from a pool created with rte_pktmbuf_pool_create(). 6487 * For each packet to send, the rte_eth_tx_prepare() function performs 6488 * the following operations: 6489 * 6490 * - Check if packet meets devices requirements for Tx offloads. 6491 * 6492 * - Check limitations about number of segments. 6493 * 6494 * - Check additional requirements when debug is enabled. 6495 * 6496 * - Update and/or reset required checksums when Tx offload is set for packet. 6497 * 6498 * Since this function can modify packet data, provided mbufs must be safely 6499 * writable (e.g. modified data cannot be in shared segment). 6500 * 6501 * The rte_eth_tx_prepare() function returns the number of packets ready to be 6502 * sent. A return value equal to *nb_pkts* means that all packets are valid and 6503 * ready to be sent, otherwise stops processing on the first invalid packet and 6504 * leaves the rest packets untouched. 6505 * 6506 * When this functionality is not implemented in the driver, all packets are 6507 * are returned untouched. 6508 * 6509 * @param port_id 6510 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 6511 * The value must be a valid port ID. 6512 * @param queue_id 6513 * The index of the transmit queue through which output packets must be 6514 * sent. 6515 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_tx_queue - 1] previously supplied 6516 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 6517 * @param tx_pkts 6518 * The address of an array of *nb_pkts* pointers to *rte_mbuf* structures 6519 * which contain the output packets. 6520 * @param nb_pkts 6521 * The maximum number of packets to process. 6522 * @return 6523 * The number of packets correct and ready to be sent. The return value can be 6524 * less than the value of the *tx_pkts* parameter when some packet doesn't 6525 * meet devices requirements with rte_errno set appropriately: 6526 * - EINVAL: offload flags are not correctly set 6527 * - ENOTSUP: the offload feature is not supported by the hardware 6528 * - ENODEV: if *port_id* is invalid (with debug enabled only) 6529 */ 6530 6531 #ifndef RTE_ETHDEV_TX_PREPARE_NOOP 6532 6533 static inline uint16_t 6534 rte_eth_tx_prepare(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 6535 struct rte_mbuf **tx_pkts, uint16_t nb_pkts) 6536 { 6537 struct rte_eth_fp_ops *p; 6538 void *qd; 6539 6540 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_TX 6541 if (port_id >= RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS || 6542 queue_id >= RTE_MAX_QUEUES_PER_PORT) { 6543 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, 6544 "Invalid port_id=%u or queue_id=%u", 6545 port_id, queue_id); 6546 rte_errno = ENODEV; 6547 return 0; 6548 } 6549 #endif 6550 6551 /* fetch pointer to queue data */ 6552 p = &rte_eth_fp_ops[port_id]; 6553 qd = p->txq.data[queue_id]; 6554 6555 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_TX 6556 if (!rte_eth_dev_is_valid_port(port_id)) { 6557 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, "Invalid Tx port_id=%u", port_id); 6558 rte_errno = ENODEV; 6559 return 0; 6560 } 6561 if (qd == NULL) { 6562 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, "Invalid Tx queue_id=%u for port_id=%u", 6563 queue_id, port_id); 6564 rte_errno = EINVAL; 6565 return 0; 6566 } 6567 #endif 6568 6569 if (!p->tx_pkt_prepare) 6570 return nb_pkts; 6571 6572 return p->tx_pkt_prepare(qd, tx_pkts, nb_pkts); 6573 } 6574 6575 #else 6576 6577 /* 6578 * Native NOOP operation for compilation targets which doesn't require any 6579 * preparations steps, and functional NOOP may introduce unnecessary performance 6580 * drop. 6581 * 6582 * Generally this is not a good idea to turn it on globally and didn't should 6583 * be used if behavior of tx_preparation can change. 6584 */ 6585 6586 static inline uint16_t 6587 rte_eth_tx_prepare(__rte_unused uint16_t port_id, 6588 __rte_unused uint16_t queue_id, 6589 __rte_unused struct rte_mbuf **tx_pkts, uint16_t nb_pkts) 6590 { 6591 return nb_pkts; 6592 } 6593 6594 #endif 6595 6596 /** 6597 * Send any packets queued up for transmission on a port and HW queue 6598 * 6599 * This causes an explicit flush of packets previously buffered via the 6600 * rte_eth_tx_buffer() function. It returns the number of packets successfully 6601 * sent to the NIC, and calls the error callback for any unsent packets. Unless 6602 * explicitly set up otherwise, the default callback simply frees the unsent 6603 * packets back to the owning mempool. 6604 * 6605 * @param port_id 6606 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 6607 * @param queue_id 6608 * The index of the transmit queue through which output packets must be 6609 * sent. 6610 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_tx_queue - 1] previously supplied 6611 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 6612 * @param buffer 6613 * Buffer of packets to be transmit. 6614 * @return 6615 * The number of packets successfully sent to the Ethernet device. The error 6616 * callback is called for any packets which could not be sent. 6617 */ 6618 static inline uint16_t 6619 rte_eth_tx_buffer_flush(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 6620 struct rte_eth_dev_tx_buffer *buffer) 6621 { 6622 uint16_t sent; 6623 uint16_t to_send = buffer->length; 6624 6625 if (to_send == 0) 6626 return 0; 6627 6628 sent = rte_eth_tx_burst(port_id, queue_id, buffer->pkts, to_send); 6629 6630 buffer->length = 0; 6631 6632 /* All packets sent, or to be dealt with by callback below */ 6633 if (unlikely(sent != to_send)) 6634 buffer->error_callback(&buffer->pkts[sent], 6635 (uint16_t)(to_send - sent), 6636 buffer->error_userdata); 6637 6638 return sent; 6639 } 6640 6641 /** 6642 * Buffer a single packet for future transmission on a port and queue 6643 * 6644 * This function takes a single mbuf/packet and buffers it for later 6645 * transmission on the particular port and queue specified. Once the buffer is 6646 * full of packets, an attempt will be made to transmit all the buffered 6647 * packets. In case of error, where not all packets can be transmitted, a 6648 * callback is called with the unsent packets as a parameter. If no callback 6649 * is explicitly set up, the unsent packets are just freed back to the owning 6650 * mempool. The function returns the number of packets actually sent i.e. 6651 * 0 if no buffer flush occurred, otherwise the number of packets successfully 6652 * flushed 6653 * 6654 * @param port_id 6655 * The port identifier of the Ethernet device. 6656 * @param queue_id 6657 * The index of the transmit queue through which output packets must be 6658 * sent. 6659 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_tx_queue - 1] previously supplied 6660 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 6661 * @param buffer 6662 * Buffer used to collect packets to be sent. 6663 * @param tx_pkt 6664 * Pointer to the packet mbuf to be sent. 6665 * @return 6666 * 0 = packet has been buffered for later transmission 6667 * N > 0 = packet has been buffered, and the buffer was subsequently flushed, 6668 * causing N packets to be sent, and the error callback to be called for 6669 * the rest. 6670 */ 6671 static __rte_always_inline uint16_t 6672 rte_eth_tx_buffer(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id, 6673 struct rte_eth_dev_tx_buffer *buffer, struct rte_mbuf *tx_pkt) 6674 { 6675 buffer->pkts[buffer->length++] = tx_pkt; 6676 if (buffer->length < buffer->size) 6677 return 0; 6678 6679 return rte_eth_tx_buffer_flush(port_id, queue_id, buffer); 6680 } 6681 6682 /** 6683 * @warning 6684 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice 6685 * 6686 * Recycle used mbufs from a transmit queue of an Ethernet device, and move 6687 * these mbufs into a mbuf ring for a receive queue of an Ethernet device. 6688 * This can bypass mempool path to save CPU cycles. 6689 * 6690 * The rte_eth_recycle_mbufs() function loops, with rte_eth_rx_burst() and 6691 * rte_eth_tx_burst() functions, freeing Tx used mbufs and replenishing Rx 6692 * descriptors. The number of recycling mbufs depends on the request of Rx mbuf 6693 * ring, with the constraint of enough used mbufs from Tx mbuf ring. 6694 * 6695 * For each recycling mbufs, the rte_eth_recycle_mbufs() function performs the 6696 * following operations: 6697 * 6698 * - Copy used *rte_mbuf* buffer pointers from Tx mbuf ring into Rx mbuf ring. 6699 * 6700 * - Replenish the Rx descriptors with the recycling *rte_mbuf* mbufs freed 6701 * from the Tx mbuf ring. 6702 * 6703 * This function spilts Rx and Tx path with different callback functions. The 6704 * callback function recycle_tx_mbufs_reuse is for Tx driver. The callback 6705 * function recycle_rx_descriptors_refill is for Rx driver. rte_eth_recycle_mbufs() 6706 * can support the case that Rx Ethernet device is different from Tx Ethernet device. 6707 * 6708 * It is the responsibility of users to select the Rx/Tx queue pair to recycle 6709 * mbufs. Before call this function, users must call rte_eth_recycle_rxq_info_get 6710 * function to retrieve selected Rx queue information. 6711 * @see rte_eth_recycle_rxq_info_get, struct rte_eth_recycle_rxq_info 6712 * 6713 * Currently, the rte_eth_recycle_mbufs() function can support to feed 1 Rx queue from 6714 * 2 Tx queues in the same thread. Do not pair the Rx queue and Tx queue in different 6715 * threads, in order to avoid memory error rewriting. 6716 * 6717 * @param rx_port_id 6718 * Port identifying the receive side. 6719 * @param rx_queue_id 6720 * The index of the receive queue identifying the receive side. 6721 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_rx_queue - 1] previously supplied 6722 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 6723 * @param tx_port_id 6724 * Port identifying the transmit side. 6725 * @param tx_queue_id 6726 * The index of the transmit queue identifying the transmit side. 6727 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_tx_queue - 1] previously supplied 6728 * to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 6729 * @param recycle_rxq_info 6730 * A pointer to a structure of type *rte_eth_recycle_rxq_info* which contains 6731 * the information of the Rx queue mbuf ring. 6732 * @return 6733 * The number of recycling mbufs. 6734 */ 6735 __rte_experimental 6736 static inline uint16_t 6737 rte_eth_recycle_mbufs(uint16_t rx_port_id, uint16_t rx_queue_id, 6738 uint16_t tx_port_id, uint16_t tx_queue_id, 6739 struct rte_eth_recycle_rxq_info *recycle_rxq_info) 6740 { 6741 struct rte_eth_fp_ops *p1, *p2; 6742 void *qd1, *qd2; 6743 uint16_t nb_mbufs; 6744 6745 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_TX 6746 if (tx_port_id >= RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS || 6747 tx_queue_id >= RTE_MAX_QUEUES_PER_PORT) { 6748 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, 6749 "Invalid tx_port_id=%u or tx_queue_id=%u", 6750 tx_port_id, tx_queue_id); 6751 return 0; 6752 } 6753 #endif 6754 6755 /* fetch pointer to Tx queue data */ 6756 p1 = &rte_eth_fp_ops[tx_port_id]; 6757 qd1 = p1->txq.data[tx_queue_id]; 6758 6759 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_TX 6760 RTE_ETH_VALID_PORTID_OR_ERR_RET(tx_port_id, 0); 6761 6762 if (qd1 == NULL) { 6763 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, "Invalid Tx queue_id=%u for port_id=%u", 6764 tx_queue_id, tx_port_id); 6765 return 0; 6766 } 6767 #endif 6768 if (p1->recycle_tx_mbufs_reuse == NULL) 6769 return 0; 6770 6771 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_RX 6772 if (rx_port_id >= RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS || 6773 rx_queue_id >= RTE_MAX_QUEUES_PER_PORT) { 6774 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, "Invalid rx_port_id=%u or rx_queue_id=%u", 6775 rx_port_id, rx_queue_id); 6776 return 0; 6777 } 6778 #endif 6779 6780 /* fetch pointer to Rx queue data */ 6781 p2 = &rte_eth_fp_ops[rx_port_id]; 6782 qd2 = p2->rxq.data[rx_queue_id]; 6783 6784 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_RX 6785 RTE_ETH_VALID_PORTID_OR_ERR_RET(rx_port_id, 0); 6786 6787 if (qd2 == NULL) { 6788 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, "Invalid Rx queue_id=%u for port_id=%u", 6789 rx_queue_id, rx_port_id); 6790 return 0; 6791 } 6792 #endif 6793 if (p2->recycle_rx_descriptors_refill == NULL) 6794 return 0; 6795 6796 /* Copy used *rte_mbuf* buffer pointers from Tx mbuf ring 6797 * into Rx mbuf ring. 6798 */ 6799 nb_mbufs = p1->recycle_tx_mbufs_reuse(qd1, recycle_rxq_info); 6800 6801 /* If no recycling mbufs, return 0. */ 6802 if (nb_mbufs == 0) 6803 return 0; 6804 6805 /* Replenish the Rx descriptors with the recycling 6806 * into Rx mbuf ring. 6807 */ 6808 p2->recycle_rx_descriptors_refill(qd2, nb_mbufs); 6809 6810 return nb_mbufs; 6811 } 6812 6813 /** 6814 * @warning 6815 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change without prior notice 6816 * 6817 * Get supported header protocols to split on Rx. 6818 * 6819 * When a packet type is announced to be split, 6820 * it *must* be supported by the PMD. 6821 * For instance, if eth-ipv4, eth-ipv4-udp is announced, 6822 * the PMD must return the following packet types for these packets: 6823 * - Ether/IPv4 -> RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER | RTE_PTYPE_L3_IPV4 6824 * - Ether/IPv4/UDP -> RTE_PTYPE_L2_ETHER | RTE_PTYPE_L3_IPV4 | RTE_PTYPE_L4_UDP 6825 * 6826 * @param port_id 6827 * The port identifier of the device. 6828 * @param[out] ptypes 6829 * An array pointer to store supported protocol headers, allocated by caller. 6830 * These ptypes are composed with RTE_PTYPE_*. 6831 * @param num 6832 * Size of the array pointed by param ptypes. 6833 * @return 6834 * - (>=0) Number of supported ptypes. If the number of types exceeds num, 6835 * only num entries will be filled into the ptypes array, 6836 * but the full count of supported ptypes will be returned. 6837 * - (-ENOTSUP) if header protocol is not supported by device. 6838 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* invalid. 6839 * - (-EINVAL) if bad parameter. 6840 */ 6841 __rte_experimental 6842 int rte_eth_buffer_split_get_supported_hdr_ptypes(uint16_t port_id, uint32_t *ptypes, int num); 6843 6844 /** 6845 * @warning 6846 * @b EXPERIMENTAL: this API may change, or be removed, without prior notice. 6847 * 6848 * Get the number of used descriptors of a Tx queue. 6849 * 6850 * This function retrieves the number of used descriptors of a transmit queue. 6851 * Applications can use this API in the fast path to inspect Tx queue occupancy 6852 * and take appropriate actions based on the available free descriptors. 6853 * An example action could be implementing Random Early Discard (RED). 6854 * 6855 * Since it's a fast-path function, no check is performed on port_id and queue_id. 6856 * The caller must therefore ensure that the port is enabled 6857 * and the queue is configured and running. 6858 * 6859 * @param port_id 6860 * The port identifier of the device. 6861 * @param queue_id 6862 * The index of the transmit queue. 6863 * The value must be in the range [0, nb_tx_queue - 1] 6864 * previously supplied to rte_eth_dev_configure(). 6865 * @return 6866 * The number of used descriptors in the specific queue, or: 6867 * - (-ENODEV) if *port_id* is invalid. Enabled only when RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_TX is enabled. 6868 * - (-EINVAL) if *queue_id* is invalid. Enabled only when RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_TX is enabled. 6869 * - (-ENOTSUP) if the device does not support this function. 6870 * 6871 * @note This function is designed for fast-path use. 6872 * @note There is no requirement to call this function before rte_eth_tx_burst() invocation. 6873 * @note Utilize this function exclusively when the caller needs to determine 6874 * the used queue count across all descriptors of a Tx queue. 6875 * If the use case only involves checking the status of a specific descriptor slot, 6876 * opt for rte_eth_tx_descriptor_status() instead. 6877 */ 6878 __rte_experimental 6879 static inline int 6880 rte_eth_tx_queue_count(uint16_t port_id, uint16_t queue_id) 6881 { 6882 struct rte_eth_fp_ops *fops; 6883 void *qd; 6884 int rc; 6885 6886 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_TX 6887 if (port_id >= RTE_MAX_ETHPORTS || !rte_eth_dev_is_valid_port(port_id)) { 6888 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, "Invalid port_id=%u", port_id); 6889 rc = -ENODEV; 6890 goto out; 6891 } 6892 6893 if (queue_id >= RTE_MAX_QUEUES_PER_PORT) { 6894 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, "Invalid queue_id=%u for port_id=%u", 6895 queue_id, port_id); 6896 rc = -EINVAL; 6897 goto out; 6898 } 6899 #endif 6900 6901 /* Fetch pointer to Tx queue data */ 6902 fops = &rte_eth_fp_ops[port_id]; 6903 qd = fops->txq.data[queue_id]; 6904 6905 #ifdef RTE_ETHDEV_DEBUG_TX 6906 if (qd == NULL) { 6907 RTE_ETHDEV_LOG_LINE(ERR, "Invalid queue_id=%u for port_id=%u", 6908 queue_id, port_id); 6909 rc = -EINVAL; 6910 goto out; 6911 } 6912 #endif 6913 if (fops->tx_queue_count == NULL) { 6914 rc = -ENOTSUP; 6915 goto out; 6916 } 6917 6918 rc = fops->tx_queue_count(qd); 6919 6920 out: 6921 rte_eth_trace_tx_queue_count(port_id, queue_id, rc); 6922 return rc; 6923 } 6924 6925 #ifdef __cplusplus 6926 } 6927 #endif 6928 6929 #endif /* _RTE_ETHDEV_H_ */ 6930